七、行处之汇集地显示巴利原文
7. Hārasampātabhūmi
72 禅那的离染:四种禅那应当详细修习。它们分为两种:不与觉支相应的和与觉支相应的。其中,不与觉支相应的是外道的禅那,与觉支相应的是圣者的禅那。依六种人根性——贪行者、嗔行者、痴行者、贪嗔行者、贪痴行者、嗔痴行者、等分行者——对于这些进入禅那的人,五盖是其敌对者。为对治它们,他如无力者一般抑制三种不善根:以无贪善根抑制由贪不善根所生的贪欲与掉举的浮动;追悔与疑属于痴分,以无痴抑制;嗔与昏沉睡眠属于嗔分,以无嗔抑制。显示巴利原文
72. Jhānaṃ virāgo. Cattāri jhānāni vitthārena kātabbāni. Tāni duvidhāni; bojjhaṅgavippayuttāni ca bojjhaṅgasampayuttāni ca. Tattha bojjhaṅgavippayuttāni bāhirakāni, bojjhaṅgasampayuttāni ariyapuggalāni. Tattha yena cha puggalamūlāni tesaṃ nikkhipetvā rāgacarito, dosacarito, mohacarito, rāgadosacarito, rāgamohacarito, dosamohacarito, samabhāgacarito, iti imesaṃ puggalānaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitānaṃ pañca nīvaraṇāni paṭipakkho tesaṃ paṭighātāya yathā asamattho tīṇi akusalamūlāni niggaṇhāti. Lobhena akusalamūlena abhijjhā ca uddhaccañca uppilavataṃ alobhena kusalamūlena niggaṇhāti, kukkuccañca vicikicchā ca mohapakkho, taṃ amohena niggaṇhāti. Doso ca thinamiddhañca dosapakkho, taṃ adosena niggaṇhāti.
其中,为圆满无贪,他思惟出离寻;为圆满无嗔,他思惟无恚寻;为圆满无痴,他思惟不害寻。由无贪圆满,他远离诸欲;由无嗔与无痴圆满,他远离一切恶不善法,有寻有伺,由远离所生的喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅。显示巴利原文
Tattha alobhassa pāripūriyā nekkhammavitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha adosassa pāripūriyā abyāpādavitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha amohassa pāripūriyā avihiṃsāvitakkaṃ vitakketi. Tattha alobhassa pāripūriyā vivitto hoti kāmehi. Tattha adosassa pāripūriyā amohassa pāripūriyā ca vivitto hoti pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
所谓寻,有三种寻:出离寻、无恚寻、不害寻。其中,最初投向所缘为寻,对所获的审察为伺。犹如有人从远处看见一人走来,但尚不知‘这是女人或男人’;当得知‘这是女人或男人,如此肤色,如此体形’时,如此寻思者便进一步审察:‘此人是有戒还是破戒?是富还是贫?’如此,伺在寻之上投入,伺运行并随转。犹如鸟初振翅,其后展翅滑翔:如振翅般是寻,如展翅滑翔般是伺,它随护、寻思、审察,令审察。寻思、令寻思,随审察、令审察。寻是对治欲想者,伺是对治恚想和害想者。寻的作用是对不善的不如理作意,伺的作用是约束诸根。犹如默然诵习者作意,如是是寻;如观察彼,如是是伺。如未遍知,如是是寻;如遍知,如是是伺。在词无碍解和辩无碍解中是寻,在法无碍解和义无碍解中是伺。心适合作业的善巧为寻,心引入的善巧为伺。‘此是善,此是不善,此应修习,此应断除,此应作证’是寻;如断除、修习、作证,如是是伺。安住于这些寻伺者,两种苦不生:身苦与心苦;两种乐生起:身乐与心乐。其中,由寻所生的心乐为喜,身乐仅是身乐。心的统一境性,此为定。如是,初禅断除五支,具……显示巴利原文
Vitakkāti tayo vitakkā – nekkhammavitakko abyāpādavitakko avihiṃsāvitakko. Tattha paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko, paṭiladdhassa vicaraṇaṃ vicāro. Yathā puriso dūrato purisaṃ passati āgacchantaṃ, na ca tāva jānāti eso itthīti vā purisoti vā yadā tu paṭilabhati itthīti vā purisoti vā evaṃ vaṇṇoti vā evaṃ saṇṭhānoti vā ime vitakkayanto uttari upaparikkhanti kiṃ nu kho ayaṃ sīlavā udāhu dussīlo aḍḍho vā duggatoti vā. Evaṃ vicāro vitakke appeti, vicāro cariyati ca anuvattati ca. Yathā pakkhī pubbaṃ āyūhati pacchā nāyūhati yathā āyūhanā evaṃ vitakko, yathā pakkhānaṃ pasāraṇaṃ evaṃ vicāro anupālati vitakketi vicarati vicāreti. Vitakkayati vitakketi, anuvicarati vicāreti. Kāmasaññāya paṭipakkho vitakko, byāpādasaññāya vihiṃsasaññāya ca paṭipakkho vicāro. Vitakkānaṃ kammaṃ akusalassa amanasikāro, vicārānaṃ kammaṃ jeṭṭhānaṃ saṃvāraṇā. Yathā paliko tuṇhiko sajjhāyaṃ karoti evaṃ vitakko, yathā taṃyeva anupassati evaṃ vicāro. Yathā apariññā evaṃ vitakko. Yathā pariññā evaṃ vicāro. Niruttipaṭisambhidāyañca paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāyañca vitakko, dhammapaṭisambhidāyañca atthapaṭisambhidāyañca vicāro. Kallitā kosallattaṃ cittassa vitakko, abhinīhārakosallaṃ cittassa vicāro . Idaṃ kusalaṃ idaṃ akusalaṃ idaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ idaṃ pahātabbaṃ idaṃ sacchikātabbanti vitakko, yathā pahānañca bhāvanā ca sacchikiriyā ca evaṃ vicāro. Imesu vitakkavicāresu ṭhitassa duvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ na uppajjati kāyikañca cetasikañca; duvidhaṃ sukhaṃ uppajjati kāyikañca cetasikañca. Iti vitakkajanitaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ pīti kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ kāyikoyeva. Yā tattha cittassa ekaggatā, ayaṃ samādhi. Iti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ.
由于反复修习那些寻伺,他的心便倾向于彼。此时,那些寻伺对他显得粗重,喜、乐和出离亦显得粗重。然而,定所生的喜与乐就此生起。他的所缘为伺。由于那些寻伺止息,内心得以清净。那些寻伺是两种应当忆念的法,现前便应如此观见。由于它们止息,心成为专一、心一境性。由心的专一,喜达到圆满。此喜即是喜根,此乐即是乐根,心一境性即是定。这是具足四支的第二禅。他因离喜而住于舍,犹如脱去湿衣。显示巴利原文
Tesaṃyeva vitakkavicārānaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ āsevanāya tassa tappoṇamānasaṃ hoti. Tassa vitakkavicārā oḷārikā khāyanti. Yañca pītisukhañca nekkhammañca oḷārikaṃ bhavati. Api ca samādhijā pīti rati ca jāyati. Tassa vicārārammaṇaṃ. Tesaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ ceto sampasīdati. Ye vitakkavicārā dve dhammānussaritabbā. Paccuppannā daraṇitabbaṃ. Tesaṃ vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ cittekaggataṃ hoti. Tassa ekodibhāvena pīti pāripūriṃ gacchati. Yā pīti, taṃ somanassindriyaṃ, yaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃ sukhindriyaṃ. Yā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ samādhi. Taṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ. So pītiyā virāgā yāti ojahi jallasahagataṃ.
73 73. 在此,他观察到“喜心是所取”,便只作意于舍。他因离喜而住于舍,正如由喜而有对乐的执取,他以身感受乐,正知而住。依此念与正知,舍达到圆满。这是具足四支的第三禅。显示巴利原文
73. Tattha somanassacittamupādānanti ca so taṃ vicinanto upekkhameva manasikaroti. So pītiyā virāgā upekkhako viharati. Yathā ca pītiyā sukhamānitaṃ, taṃ kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti sampajāno viharati. Yena satisampajaññena upekkhāpāripūriṃ gacchati. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ.
同样地,为了断除身乐,于初禅中喜根息灭;于第二禅中苦根息灭。他断除了乐、断除了苦,更早之前喜与忧已经消失,具足不苦不乐、舍念清净的第四禅而住。在此,由四根的息灭而有舍的清净:苦根、忧根、乐根、喜根。由于它们的息灭,便有舍与正知;其中,由于乐根与喜根,会有失念,由于它们的息灭,便有念;由于苦根与忧根,会有不正知,由于它们的息灭,便有正知。如此,舍与想、念与正知、心一境性,这即称为第四禅。显示巴利原文
Tathā kāyikassa sukhassa pahānāya paṭhame jhāne somanassindriyaṃ nirujjhati. Dutiye jhāne dukkhindriyaṃ nirujjhati. So sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati . Tattha catūhi indriyehi upekkhā pasādā hoti, dukkhindriyena domanassindriyena sukhindriyena somanassindriyena ca. Tesaṃ nirodhā upekkhāsampajaññaṃ hoti, tattha sukhindriyena somanassindriyena ca asati hoti, tesaṃ nirodhā satimā hoti, dukkhindriyena domanassindriyena ca asampajaññaṃ, tesaṃ nirodhā sampajaññaṃ hoti, iti upekkhāya ca saññā, sato sampajāno cittekaggatā ca idaṃ vuccate ca catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
其中,贪行者具有乐根与喜根;瞋行者具有苦根与忧根;痴行者具有失念与不正知。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo rāgacarito puggalo tassa sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca; yo dosacarito puggalo tassa dukkhindriyañca domanassindriyañca; yo mohacarito puggalo tassa asati ca asampajaññañca.
其中,贪行者在第三禅与第四禅中,随顺(贪)止息;瞋行者在初禅与第二禅中,瞋恚止息;痴行者在初禅与第二禅中,不正知止息,在第三禅与第四禅中,失念止息。同样地,对于这三类行者,四禅便趋向清净。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgacaritassa puggalassa tatiye jhāne catutthe ca anunayo nirujjhati, dosacaritassa paṭhame jhāne dutiye ca paṭighaṃ nirujjhati, mohacaritassa puggalassa paṭhame jhāne dutiye ca asampajaññaṃ nirujjhati. Tatiye jhāne catutthe ca asati nirujjhati, evameva tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ cattāri jhānāni vodānaṃ gamissanti.
其中,贪瞋行者的不正知、随顺(贪)与瞋恚被显示为过患,因此他的禅那成为退分禅。贪痴行者的随顺(贪)被显示为过患,因此他的禅那成为退分禅。瞋痴行者的瞋恚、失念与不正知被显示为过患,因此他的禅那成为退分禅。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgadosacaritassa puggalassa asampajaññañca anunayo ca paṭighañca, tena hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti. Tattha rāgamohacaritassa puggalassa anunayattaṃ ca ādīnavaṃ dassitā, taṃ tassa hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti. Tattha dosamohacaritassa puggalassa paṭigho ca asati ca asampajaññañca ādīnavaṃ dassitā tena tassa hānabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti.
其中,对于贪瞋痴等分之人,禅那成为胜分禅。这四种禅那应在七种人中解说。四种定中,依欲定而得初禅,依精进定而得第二禅,依心定而得第三禅,依观定而得第四禅。依无愿而得初禅,依空而得第二禅,依无相而得第三禅,依入出息念而得第四禅。由欲寻与瞋恚的止息而得初禅,由寻与伺的止息而得第二禅,由乐根与喜根的止息而得第三禅,由身行的止息而得第四禅。依舍依止而得初禅,依谛依止而得第二禅,依慧依止而得第三禅,依寂止依止而得第四禅。这四种禅那以略说方式被解说,其中定根达到圆满。随转者有四种,其中,依初禅证得漏尽者,以乐行道、迟通达,对治忧根而行。依第二禅证得漏尽者,以乐行道、速通达,对治苦根而行。依第三禅证得漏尽者,以乐行道、迟通达,对治喜根而行。依第四禅证得漏尽者,以乐行道、速通达,对治乐根而行。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgadosamohasamabhāgacaritassa puggalassa visesabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, imāni cattāri jhānāni sattasu puggalesu niddisitabbāni. Catūsu ca samādhīsu chandasamādhinā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, vīriyasamādhinā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, cittasamādhinā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, vīmaṃsāsamādhinā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Appaṇihitena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, suññatāya dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, animittena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, ānāpānassatiyā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Kāmavitakkabyāpādānañca taṃ taṃ vūpasamena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamena dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, sukhindriyasomanassindriyānaṃ vūpasamena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, kāyasaṅkhārānaṃ vūpasamena catutthaṃ jhānañca. Cāgādhiṭṭhānena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, saccādhiṭṭhānena dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, paññādhiṭṭhānena tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, upasamādhiṭṭhānena catutthaṃ jhānaṃ. Imāni cattāri jhānāni saṅkhepaniddesena niddiṭṭhāni, tattha samādhindriyaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchati. Anuvattanakāni cattāri, tattha yo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya domanassindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya dukkhindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya somanassindriyapaṭipakkhena. Yo catutthaṃ jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya sukhindriyapaṭipakkhena gato.
74 那些四禅,这些是禅支,这些禅支的集合即是其支。这是禅地,什么是殊胜?此即其殊胜。这些是资粮,由此而有此禅那的生起;此生起有其近因,依此近因而有修习。此修习有其过患,由此而有退失。谁的退失?是那随入禅那者的退失。如此审察,此是殊胜。依此殊胜而有此味,那是谁的味?是那非禅那者而自以为禅那者的味。对于那非禅那者而自以为禅那者,此适业、善巧、住立禅那而不被压制,这是禅那力。安住于禅那力者,即到达究竟者。这些禅支中,无浊思惟是初禅中应修习的禅支。那喜,由于随顺于它,是初禅中的禅支;具有喜的那些法,也因被喜遍满。喜是第二禅中的禅支;然而,如此转起的俱行禅支之法,由于乐性,内净是第二禅中的禅支,由于心清净性,也由于被它遍满。喜是第二禅中的禅支,内净即是定,心一境性是第二禅中的禅支。舍与触性是第三禅中的禅支,乐是其中的一支。心一境性是第四禅中的禅支,舍、不苦不乐是第四禅中的禅支,近行地、舍念清净是第四禅中的禅支。念清净也在多种禅地中与禅支相应,喜、心一境性是第四禅中的禅支。显示巴利原文
74. Yāni cattāri jhānāni, tesaṃ jhānānaṃ imāni aṅgāni, tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ samūho assa aṅgā, ayaṃ jhānabhūmi ko visesoti assa viseso. Ime sambhārā tehi ayaṃ samudāgamo, tassa samudāgamassa ayaṃ upanisā, tāya upanisāya ayaṃ bhāvanā. Tassā bhāvanāya ayaṃ ādīnavo. Tena ayaṃ parihāni. Kassa parihānīti tadupagajjhāyino . Taṃ yathā bhaṇitaṃ paccavekkhanto ayaṃ viseso. Tena visesena ayaṃ assādo, so kassa assādo ajhāniyā jhāyino, tassā ajhāniyā jhāyino, idaṃ kallitā kosalle ṭhitajjhānaṃ anomaddiyataṃ gacchati jhānabalaṃ, jhānabale ṭhitassa ayaṃ pāramippattassa imāni jhānaṅgāni anāvilasaṅkappo paṭhame jhāne jhānaṅgāni bhāvī. So pīti tadanusārittāva paṭhame jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ tassaṅguno ca dhammā tadabhisannitāya ca. Pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgadhammatā kho pana tathā pavattassa sahagataṃ jhānaṅgadhammaṃ sasukhatāya ajjhattaṃ sampasādo dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ manosampasādanatāya tadabhisannitāya ca. Pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ samādhitā pīti dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, cetaso ekodibhāvo dutiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, upekkhā phassatā tatiye jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, sukhaṃ tassa aṅganti ca. Cetaso ekodibhāvo catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, upekkhā adukkhamasukhā catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ, abhinisābhūmi upekkhāsatipārisuddhi catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ. Satipārisuddhi ca anekajjhābhūmīsu jhānaṅgasamāyuttā pīti cetaso ekodibhāvo catutthe jhāne jhānaṅgaṃ.
其中,什么是禅地?有寻有伺,随由离所生,在初禅中即是禅地。无寻无伺,内净,生喜,与喜相随,在第二禅中即是禅地。乐、与乐俱、有喜,在第三禅中即是禅地。与彼苦乐俱、与舍俱,在第四禅中即是禅地。与无量俱、以有情为所缘,在初禅中为禅地。胜处、与处俱、于有色想者,在第二禅中为禅地。与解脱俱、于诸解脱,在第三禅中为禅地。与随观俱、身行、正知,是第四禅的禅地。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā jhānabhūmi? Savitakke savicāre vivekā anugatā paṭhame jhāne jhānabhūmi. Avitakke avicāre ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ janitaṃ pītimanugatā dutiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Sukhasātasamohitā sappītikā tatiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Tassa sukhadukkhasahagatā abhinīhārasahagatā catutthe jhāne jhānabhūmi. Appamāṇasahagatā sattārammaṇā paṭhame jhāne jhānabhūmi. Abhibhūmiāyatanasahagatā rūpasaññīsu dutiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Vimokkhasahagatānaṃ vimokkhesu tatiye jhāne jhānabhūmi. Anupassanāsahagatā kāyasaṅkhārā sammā catutthassa jhānassa bhūmi.
75 75. 其中,何为禅那的殊胜?远离诸欲、远离不善法,心与心所俱行,超越欲界,此是禅那的殊胜。无寻无伺,有喜、念俱、喜俱之想与作意现前,此是禅那的殊胜。于无寻地唯有无伺,念随行、舍俱之作意现前,念随法性而得安立,达到并安住于彼地,此是禅那的殊胜。念清净俱之想与作意现前,达到并安住于彼地,此是禅那的殊胜。于识无边处俱地,无所有处俱之想与作意现前,达到并安住于彼地,此是禅那的殊胜。显示巴利原文
75. Tattha katame jhānavisesā? Vivicceva kāmehi vivicca pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi cittacetasikasahagatā kāmadhātusamatikkamanatāpi, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Avitakkā ceva avicārā ca sappītikāya satisahagatāya pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Avitakkāya bhūmiyā avicāreyeva sati anugatā upekkhāsahagatā manasikārā samudācaranti. Tadanudhammatāya ca sati saṇḍahati . Tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Satipārisuddhisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso. Viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatāya bhūmiyaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ jhānaviseso.
禅那的资粮:出离寻是资粮,旨在驱除欲寻。无嗔寻是资粮,旨在驱除嗔寻。无害寻是资粮,旨在驱除害寻。守护根门、少欲是资粮,清净活命是四种等至的资粮,是无为而住。道资粮是等至的证得。果资粮是由禅那生起而成就禅那。善因——凡由彼禅那生起者,无论从何处,达到出离者皆得生起。所缘灭尽定,寂静者生起。未逾越者生起。为舍断乐根与喜根,他们以无恼害而生起。正是为此而生起。为无热恼而生起。这是智的生起。显示巴利原文
Jhānasambhārā nekkhammavitakko sambhāro kāmavitakkavinodanādhippāyatā. Abyāpādavitakko sambhāro byāpādavitakkapaṭivinodanādhippāyatā. Avihiṃsāvitakko sambhāro vihiṃsāvitakkapaṭivinodanādhippāyatā. Indriyesu guttadvāratā appicchatā sambhāro parisuddhājīvo catunnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ sambhāro akammassa vihāritā. Maggasambhāro samāpattipajjanatā. Phalasambhāro jhānanibbattitāya jhānasamudāgamo. Kusalahetu yaṃ jhānaṃ samudayaṃ gacchanti ko ca na kutoci nekkhammappattā samudāgacchanti. Ālambanirodhasamādhi santo samudāgacchanti. Avītikkantā samudāgacchanti. Sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ pahānāya te ca abyāpajjatāya samudāgacchanti. Taṃ pana sandhāya samudāgacchanti. Aparidāhanāya samudāgacchanti. Ayaṃ ñāṇasamudāgamo.
76 76. 其中,何为近依?亲近善友是禅那的近依。与善友相伴是禅那的近依。守护根门是禅那的近依。于诸善法不知足是禅那的近依。听闻正法是禅那的近依。于能激发悚惧之处,生起悚惧者能如理精勤。这便是禅那的近依。显示巴利原文
76. Tattha katamā upanisā? Kalyāṇamittatā jhānassa upanisā. Kalyāṇasampavaṅkatā jhānassa upanisā. Indriyesu guttadvāratā jhānassa upanisā. Asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu jhānassa upanisā. Saddhammassavanaṃ jhānassa upanisā. Saṃvejaniye ṭhāne saṃviggassa yoniso padhānaṃ. Ayaṃ jhānopanisā.
其中,什么是修习?修习慈,即是修习无嗔寻;修习悲,即是修习无害寻;修习喜,是伴随着喜与乐的正知而行;修习舍,即有观察的舍修习、无观察的舍修习、舍与中舍;修习不净想,是苦行道、迟钝通达,是对结生的通达、对结生的连结。此六种修习已被修习、已多作、已着手、已作基础、已作车乘、已熟习、已善精勤。这便是修习。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā bhāvanā? Mettāsevanā abyāpādavitakkabhāvanā. Karuṇāsevanā avihiṃsāvitakkabhāvanā. Muditābhāvanā pītisukhasampajaññā kāritā. Upekkhābhāvanā passavatā upekkhābhāvanā apassavatā upekkhā ca ajjhupekkhā ca, asubhasaññābhāvanā dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhābhiññā bhavasandhābhiññā bhavasandhānaṃ, sā chabbidhā bhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā anuṭṭhitā vatthukatā yānīkatā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ayaṃ bhāvanā.
如此修习者,便有如下过患:在初禅中,此法是具足行的,未被听闻,是有漏的。若此法是戒,则有近敌;此法于欲有随行、有伺察;且于诸等至中,此法以及寻伺皆是粗的。于此,心被扰动,身感疲劳;身疲劳时,心便受恼害。对于诸神通,心不堪引导。这些便是初禅的过患。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhāvayantassa ayaṃ ādīnavo. Paṭhame jhāne saṅkhārasamannāgato eso dhammo assuto sāsavo. Sace esa dhammo ayaṃ sīlo āsannapaṭipakkho ca esa dhammo kāmo paticāro pativicāro samāpattīnaṃ ca sabboḷāriko esa dhammo vitakkavicāro ca. Tattha cittaṃ khobhenti, kāyo cettha kilamati, kāyamhi cettha kilante cittaṃ vihaññati. Anabhinīhārakkhamova abhiññānaṃ ime ādīnavā paṭhame jhāne.
在第二禅中,有如下过患:此法是伴随着喜的遍满的,但心并未因此而得善修习。此法有近行、有近行之险难,且以忧为敌对。于种种处,喜对相应者而言实为衰败,此法难行;回避无有怖畏之地者,此法被四种苦所贯穿:依信之苦、障碍之苦、神通之苦、疾病之苦。这些便是第二禅的过患。显示巴利原文
Dutiye jhāne ime ādīnavā pītipharaṇasahagato ca eso dhammo, na samudācārasseti cittaṃ. Asodhayaṃ upagamo cesa dhammo upagamiparissayo domanassapaccatthiko cesa dhammo. Tattha tattha yuttīnaṃ pīti parajjato cesa dhammo dukkaraṃ hoti, avattasantāsabhūmiparivajjayanto catūsu dukkhatāsu esa dhammo anuviddhāpanasaddhāya dukkhatāya ca na palibodhadukkhatāya ca abhiññādukkhatāya ca rogadukkhatāya ca, ime ādīnavā dutiye jhāne.
其中,第三禅有哪些过患?由于伴随舍受之乐,对于五种乐味者而言,此舍乐是颠倒的;执常想者亦复如是。乐是苦的近因,由于心的扰动,执取乐与苦而流转。又因随逐乐与苦,心不堪任引导。于证得神通时,所有这些法在第三禅等至中都被四种苦所贯穿:怖畏之苦、障碍之苦、神通之苦。这些是第三禅的过患。显示巴利原文
Tattha katame ādīnavā tatiye jhāne? Upekkhāsukhasahagatāya tattha sātāvīnaṃ pañcannaṃ upekkhāsukhaṃ parivattito esa dhammo tena niccasaññitānañca yaṃ hoti. Dukkhopaniyaṃ sukhaṃ cittassa saṅkhobhataṃ upādāya sukhadukkhāya gato savati. Sukhadukkhānukatañca upādāya anabhihārakkhamaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Abhiññāya sacchikiriyāsu sabbepi cete dhammā tīsu jhānasamāpattīsu catūhi ca dukkhatāhi anuviddhānaṃ sā bhayā dukkhatāya palibodhadukkhatāya ca abhiññāya dukkhatāya ca ime ādīnavā tatiye jhāne.
其中,第四禅有哪些过患?这些法伴随无所有处等至,在此地中,对于乐味者与愚痴凡夫,种种邪见生起。这些禅那以粗与细的色想为随行,常与慈心禅那的某些分相伴共行,且四种大资粮皆难以获得,这些禅那亦相互依止而生起。于此,这些法虽已生起,但未得圆满;因未能善执其相而退失;这些法若灭尽,便不被执取,成为灭尽之支;这些法的禅那相,不被觉知为禅那相;禅修者先前未曾证得,且依禅修者而有。以此为过患,这便是禅那的退失。显示巴利原文
Tattha katame ādīnavā catutthe jhāne? Ākiñcaññāsamāpattikā te dhammānusamāpattikā etissā ca bhūmiyaṃ sātānaṃ bālaputhujjanānaṃ anekavidhāni diṭṭhigatāni uppajjanti. Oḷārikā sukhumehi ca rūpasaññāhi anuvidhāni etāni jhānāni sadā anudayamettājhānakalānudanukalāya sādhāraṇā, dukkarā ca sabbe cattāro mahāsambhārā samudāgatāni ca etāni jhānāni aññamaññaṃ nissāya samudāgacchanti. Ettha samudāgatā ca ete dhammā na samattā honti. Asamuggahitanimittā ca ete dhammā parihāyanti. Nirujjhanti ca ete dhammā na upādiyanti nirujjhaṅgāni ca, etesaṃ dhammānaṃ jhānāni nimittāni na jhānanimittasaññā vokirati. Appaṭiladdhapubbā ca jhāyīvasena ca bhavati . Imehi ādīnavehi ayaṃ jhānaparihāni.
77 七十七、于灭尽定中,若不观照而住,残余想者便有无所有处俱行的想与作意现起,他便从灭尽定退失。住于不动想者进入无想处定,无所有处俱行的作意现起,他却不了解该境地,便从中退失。进入无所有处定时,伴随色想之作意而行……如是乃至初禅,皆应摒除欲界想。虽舍离了杂染,有浊之禅定仍安住而行,心破除烦恼却未得安稳,禅定散动,不坚固,或过度散乱,或过分懈怠,不能善加守护身体,未从束缚中解脱,被烦恼所困,执着于灭尽定,渐次放逸心念;却又贪着于身欲之禅定安住,虽去除了身欲,却生起对法的贪爱,随即偏离正道。这些皆是禅定的过患,极其苦恼,令世间未证悟者远离此禅,忘失禅定。这便是灭尽定的退失境界,正是众生断除轮回的重要因缘。未能善巧修习灭尽定而偏离禅定者,便断失诸烦恼之处。那些与杂染相应的初禅等,依于违缘,日见退失。显示巴利原文
77. Nirodhasamāpattiyā apaṭisaṅkhāya avasesasaññino ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, so nirodhasamāpattito parihāyati. Āneñjasaññino asaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā manasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ na pajānāti, so tato parihāyati. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā manasikārā samudācaranti, tañca bhūmiṃ na pajānāti, so tato parihāyati. Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññāsahagatā. Vitthārena…pe… yāva paṭhame jhāne kāmasaññāsahagatā kātabbā. Sakassa parihāyati, kalaṅkajjhāne kalaṅkaṃ jhāyati, parisamantato jhāyati, bhindanto jhāyati, na sajjhāyati, āyūhanto jhāyati, kiñci ca niparicito jhāyati. Atividhāvanto jhāyati, atimaññanto jhāyati, kāyasaṅkhāre appaṭisambhāre jhāyati, pariyuṭṭhānassa nissaraṇaṃ ajānanto jhāyati, nīvaraṇābhibhūto jhāyati, assāpattimanasikaronto jhānassa assādo kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ pahānaṃ jhānassa assādo kāmarāgahetūnaṃ dhammānaṃ udayanti, nirujjhaṅgāni etesaṃ dhammānaṃ jhānāni uparimā sukhupekkhā kāmakammakilesānaṃ pahānaṃ assādo, evaṃ kho puna jhānassa assādo mahāsaṃvāsamappīḷite lokasaṃnivāse asambodhokāsā vigamessamidaṃ jhānappahānā. Ayaṃ palirodhamappalirodhalokasannivāse esanidhamidaṃ jhānaṃ anamataggasaṃsārasamāpannānaṃ sattānaṃ saṃsārappahānanā ānisaṃso, yamidaṃ jhānassa assādo kāyassa ajhāniyajhāyino bhavati. Ajhāniyajhāniyajhāyīhi aparāmasanto ajhāniyajhāyitaṃ jhāyati, yāni kalaṅkajjhāyino padāni, tāni anudhitāni paṭipakkhe.
78 七十八、其中,什么是禅那巧慧?入定巧慧是禅那巧慧,禅那殊胜巧慧是禅那巧慧,禅那中间巧慧是禅那巧慧,出定巧慧是禅那巧慧,于禅那的自性巧慧是禅那巧慧,于禅那的过患巧慧是禅那巧慧,于禅那的出离巧慧是禅那巧慧,禅那果巧慧等。此即:把握禅那的根本——所缘的生起与定相,不离身心调御而全力专注于一相,由此禅力生起,不散乱而安止,随之慧力发起,具足此正念。已得此禅者,修习慧法亦得成就。显示巴利原文
78. Tattha katamaṃ jhānakosallaṃ? Samāpattikosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānavisesakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānantarikakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, samāpattivuṭṭhānakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne sabhāvakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne ādīnavakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhāne nissaraṇakosallaṃ jhānakosallaṃ, jhānaphalena upādāya kosallaṃ, jhānaphalena paṭisaṅkhānaphale aparihānadhammatā nibbattijhāne ca kīḷitāpi visesabhāgiyaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabbhati. Idaṃ panassāti bhavahāritā ca ārammaṇānimittaggāho anabhinīhārabalaṃ, cittekaggatā nimittāsu gatisahitā samathabalena asaṃsīdanañca jhāne maggaphalaṃ samathaṃ pavatte samādhino upekkhāpalipubbāparanimittāsayo paggāhino satibalaṃ taṃ pavattitānañca vipassanānaṃ samaññābale.
其中,什么是禅那波罗蜜?善波罗蜜是慈。于经中,依教导的通俗方式指出了二谛——苦与集;依简择的方式,那些在应结缚的法中不见过失的人,他们说“将渡越瀑流”,这是不可能的。不渡越,有这样的道理与简择。所谓爱乐众生,即指希求五欲乐者,此为欲爱所执的根本。对于亲近烦恼者,因无明所执而生爱乐,复被欲爱、色爱、无色爱三种贪爱所执。于欲中,有物质欲爱与烦恼欲爱二种,而烦恼欲爱依止欲爱而生。众生在三爱根中散乱,即是烦恼身心。乐感身心由身根与心根二根领受,因乐根作用而感受愉悦,因缘所生的五蕴感受具足。色声香味触法,是爱乐执着之处。于内外根界,一念正住即称为烦恼流;烦恼轻微者则无染无贪。彼处有外缠与内缠。外缠称为结,内缠皆名缘缠。世尊于此教导何法?即:愿超越烦恼者,不忘观察烦恼之过患,这是诸结缚所著的智慧,如实明见烦恼的险惧,如实显现为诸烦恼的过患。此即世尊之教:希求超越烦恼者,观察诸结缚及诸苦乐之流,借此照破烦恼,断惑增上。五欲乐者即是此四种结缚的聚合基础。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā jhānapāramitā? Supāramitā mettā kāmesu sattā kāmasaṅgasattāti yamhi sutte desanāya vohārena dve saccāni niddiṭṭhāni, dukkhañca samudayo ca, vicayena hārena ye saṃyojanīyesu dhammesu vajjaṃ na passanti, te oghaṃ tarissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Na tarissantīti atthi esā yutti ca vicayo ca idaṃ nu kissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, kāmesu sattāti pañca kāmaguṇā, taṃ kāmataṇhāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṃyojane vajjamapassamānāti avijjāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, na hi jātu saṃyojanasaṅgasattā oghaṃ tareyyuṃ vipulaṃ mahantanti upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāmesu sattāti kāmā dvidhā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca, tattha kilesakāmā kāmataṇhā kāmataṇhāya yuttā bhavanti rūpataṇhā bhavataṇhā lakkhaṇena hārena, saṃyojane vajjamapassamānāti saṃyojanassa. Yo tattha chandarāgo tassa kiṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ? Sukhā vedanā dve ca indriyāni – sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca. Iti sukhāya vedanāya gahitāya tayopi vedanā gahitā honti. Vedanākkhandhe gahite sabbe pañcakkhandhā gahitā honti. Rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbā gahitā, vatthukāmesu gahitesu sabbāni cha bāhirāni āyatanāni gahitāni honti. Ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu yo sato, ayaṃ vuccate lakkhaṇo hāro, tattha yo oḷārikamhi kilese ajjhāvasito sabbakilesesu yo na tato sukhumataresu na vītarāgo bhavati. Tattha bāhirasaṃyojanaṃ mamanti ajjhattasaṃyojanaṃ ahanti. Tattha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye oghaṃ taritukāmā te saṃyojanīyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharissantīti ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Kāmesu sattāti yesu ca sattā yena ca sattā yesañca sattā ayaṃ catubbidho ākāro sabbesaṃ hārabhāgiyo.
79 七十九、其中,什么是三种颠倒及其近因?心颠倒、见颠倒、想颠倒,这三种颠倒以三不善根为近因。三不善根是卑劣与殊胜业行的近因。在四种取中,嗔被视为不善根。例如,因嗔而对坚持僧众的母亲或父亲,生起身心的不正、妄语与执持,其行为恶劣,是不善业。若因嗔生贪而违越守护,造作恶业,则趣向恶道。对于这不善根的障碍,修习正见者见到微妙诚实为善。这些恶业出于爱贪、欲贪、无明三种根本。这三种根本生起欲流、爱流,流转于五取蕴。无明根本阻断苦乐流转,欲贪爱之生死苦流,能令凡夫辗转轮回而不生解脱。五欲众生包含五种妙欲,世尊于此指出四种基本结缚,称为一切缠。显示巴利原文
79. Tattha katamāni tīṇi vipallāsāni padaṭṭhānāni ca? Cittavipallāsassa diṭṭhivipallāsassa saññāvipallāsassa tayo vipallāsā tīṇi akusalamūlāni padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tīṇi akusalamūlāni hīnappaṇītakāriyakammassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Catunnañca upādānānaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ dissati. Hīnappaṇītakāriyakammassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā mātuyā vā pituno vā aññatarassa vā puna uḷārassa bhikkhuno abhayaṃ deti. Tattha añño micchā paṭipajjeyya kāyena vā vācāya vā. Tattha so byāpādamupādāya tesaṃ uḷārānaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiyā anupālayanto yo uḷārānaṃ abhayaṃ deti. Tesaṃ abhaye dinne yo tattha micchā paṭipajjeyya. Tattha so byāpādaṃ upādāyanto dosajaṃ kammaṃ karoti. Yo tattha asādhu indriyā nīvaraṇaṃ yaṃ tesaṃ abhayaṃ dakkhiṇato saññaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ kāraṇaṃ mayā puna tattha micchāpaṭipatti ayaṃ byāpādo hīnagamivakammaṃ lobho moho ca imāni nīvaraṇāni vacanāni tāni cattāri upādānāni tehi catūhi upādānehi yo so upādāno itthī vā puriso vā tesaṃ pañcakkhandhānaṃ teyeva upādāno samudayo idaṃ dukkhañca samudayo ca soyeva desanāhāro.
其中,那些不染著于欲乐的人,是通过观察过患而得以不染著。这种想从欲界出离的意愿,便称为出离欲。于此,对于无造作之人,净化任何事物,这是无嗔恚欲;伤害任何事物,这是害欲。如此,导向出离的三种欲是:出离欲、无嗔恚欲、无害欲。其中,出离欲是无贪,无嗔恚欲是无嗔,无害欲是无痴。这三善根在八种成就中饶益他人,正是为了四种取的灭尽而转起。又,若再作业,不论是黑业或白业,都导向其异熟的消失;而非黑非白之业,则导向业的灭尽。此中,三不善根的灭尽,这是灭;那正是道,于此是行道;此二谛即合于四谛之中,这便是‘转起’的范畴。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāmesu ye na pajjanti, te ādīnavānupassanāya pajjanti. Itissā kāmadhātuyā nikkhamitukāmatā, ayaṃ vuccati nekkhammacchando. Yo tattha anabhisaṅkhārānaṃ kiñci visodheti tassa dhāvarā vā, ayaṃ abyāpādacchando. Kiñci vihiṃsati, ayaṃ vihiṃsāchando. Iti nekkhammābhinīhatā tayo chandā – nekkhammacchando abyāpādacchando avihiṃsāchando. Tattha nekkhammacchando alobho; abyāpādacchando adoso; avihiṃsāchando amoho. Imāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni aṭṭhasu sampattesu parahitāni, tesaṃyeva catunnaṃ upādānānaṃ nirodhāya saṃvattanti. Sace vā puna kammaṃ kareyya kaṇhaṃ vā sukkaṃ vā tassa vipākahānāya saṃvattanti. Idaṃ kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati. Tattha yo tiṇṇaṃ akusalamūlānaṃ nirodho, ayaṃ nirodho. Soyeva maggo tattha paṭipadāni imāni dve saccāni imāni cattāri saccāni āvaṭṭo hāro.
‘于欲中执著’:那些有学,以一种方式执著;那些凡夫,以两种方式执著。对于此问题,应作分别解说。虽然须陀洹在受用上,但并非在执取上执著,因为他为减损而努力,而非为增长。有学因烦恼之力而受用欲乐;凡夫则因烦恼生起而受用欲乐。其中,‘于欲中执著者将渡越四瀑流’,应作分别解说,这便是分别。显示巴利原文
Kāmesu sattāti ye sekkhā, te ekenevākārena sattā. Ye puthujjanā, te dvīhākārehi sattā, tassāyaṃ pañho vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo vattabbo. Kiñcāpi sotāpanno paṭisevanāya, no ca kho abhinivese satto yo hi apacayāya padahati, na upacayāya. Sekkho hi kilesavasena kāme paṭisevati. Puthujjano pana kilesasamuṭṭhānāya kāme paṭisevati. Tattha kāmesu sattānaṃ catuoghaṃ tarissatīti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo, ayaṃ vibhatti.
80 ‘回转’:那些于欲乐既不染著,也不被结缚所系缚的人,他们当渡越广大、巨大的瀑流。这是经文的对立面。显示巴利原文
80. Parivattanoti kāme ye neva sajjanti na ca saṃyojanehi saṃyuttā, te oghaṃ tarissanti vipulaṃ mahantanti. Ayaṃ suttassa paṭipakkho.
「同义词」:凡于欲乐中执著者,以及对于彼处欲乐的功德,即在那里为毒所执著;凡为欲乐的资益法,也在那里为毒所执著。于此,这些是欲乐的同义词:熟、尘、箭、疮、灾祸。或者其他任何同义词,只要在那里为毒所执著,即是同义词。执著、系缚、迷恋、粘著、耽著、陷入欲乐、遍解脱、多住于此——这些或其他任何同义词,都称为同义词。由欲乐行境施设、由烦恼行境施设而施设的心,这是同义词;执著、多住于这些也是如此。这些是由欲乐行境施设、由烦恼行境施设而施设的,由种子施设而施设;诸行是由结缚施设而施设,取是由因施设而施设,人则是依种种施设而施设。显示巴利原文
Vevacananti yo kāmesu satto yo ca tattha kāmānaṃ guṇo, tattha viso satto. Yepi kāmānaṃ āhārā dhammā, tattha viso satto. Tatthimaṃ kāmānaṃ vevacanaṃ pāko rajo sallaṃ gaṇḍo īti upaddavoti. Yāni vā pana aññāni vevacanāni tattha viso sattoti vevacanaṃ. Satto bandho mucchito gadhito ajjhosito kāme ajjhāpannā parimutto tabbahulavihārīti. Yāni vā pana aññāni vevacanāni, ayaṃ vevacano nāma. Kāmappacārapaññattiyā kilesagocarapaññattiyā paññattā cittanti vevacanaṃ. Satto tabbahulavihārīti yāni vā pana aññāni. Ime kāmappacārapaññattiyā kilesagocara paññattiyā paññattā, bījapaññattiyā paññattā, saṅkhārā saṃyojanapaññattiyā paññattā, upādānaṃ hetupaññattiyā paññattaṃ, puggalo puthupaññattiyā paññatto.
「进入」:依此,缘起即是苦与集。那些烦恼、那些行、那些结缚,在五蕴中属于行蕴,在法处中属于不善法处,在根中属于乐根与喜根,这便是根进入。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti imāya paṭiccasamuppādo dukkhañca samudayo ca. Ye kilesā ye saṅkhārā saṃyojanāni ca pañcasu khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandho dhammāyatanesu akusalā dhammāyatanāni indriyesu sukhindriyañca, somanassindriyañca, ayaṃ indriyotaraṇo.
「净化」:如此而已。这即是应被开示的起始,也就是经文之义。显示巴利原文
Sodhanoti ettako. Eseva ārambho niddisitabbo suttattho.
‘决意’:这些法,有些依统一性而施设,有些依差异性而施设。那些缘取外在欲乐的想,依差异性而施设。‘于五种欲功德中执著’,这是随眠颠倒,依差异性而施设,他们应渡越瀑流。‘广大、巨大’,无明依统一性而施设。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti ime dhammā atthi ekattatāya paññattā atthi vemattatāya. Ye saññā bāhiro kāme, te vemattatāya paññattā. Pañcasu kāmaguṇesu sattāti pariyuṭṭhānavipallāsā vemattatāya paññattā oghaṃ tareyyuṃ. Vipulaṃ mahantanti avijjā ekattatāya paññattā.
‘资具’:它的因是什么?它的缘是什么?所缘缘性是它的缘;不如理作意,以依止的缘性为缘;无明,以等无间缘性为缘;贪随眠,以因缘性为缘。这是因,这是缘。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti tassa ko hetu ko paccayo? Ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo. Ayoniso ca manasikāro sannissayassa paccayatāya paccayo. Avijjā samanantarapaccayatāya paccayo. Rāgānusayo hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Ayaṃ hetu, ayaṃ paccayo.
‘缘的安立’:那些于欲乐中执著、善趣、美貌者,这是欲界的欲贪,那些是无福所生的行。它们以什么为缘?以无明为缘。它们是什么的缘?是识的缘。如是,无明缘行,行缘识,乃至老死。就这样,这整个大苦蕴的集起,归于一经。应作五盖经。显示巴利原文
Samāropano paccayoti ye kāmesu sattā sugatā surūpāti ayaṃ kāmadhātuyā chando rāgo te apuññamayā saṅkhārā. Te kiṃ paccayā? Avijjā paccayā. Te kissa paccayā? Viññāṇassa paccayā. Iti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ evametassa kevalassa mahato dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ekaṃ suttaṃ gataṃ. Pañcanīvaraṇikaṃ suttaṃ kātabbaṃ.
81 其中,什么是“说法之食”?贪欲、嗔恚与掉举,此为渴爱;昏沉睡眠、恶作与疑,此为邪见。然而,身体的不可作业性虽属睡眠,却非自性烦恼;因此,心的消沉与身体的不可作业性,乃是随烦恼,而非自性烦恼。其中,随“我想”而增的疲倦、随恶作而增的昏沉以及心的消沉——如此,在五盖中,四盖是自性烦恼,昏沉睡眠盖则是盖的随烦恼。正如四漏以自性为漏,而非以心的漏性为漏;以自性为漏,以随方面的漏性为漏。然而,我依经说:与他们相应或不相应的那些漏,本身应被称为有漏或无漏。显示巴利原文
81. Tattha katamo desanāhāro nāma? Yā ca abhijjhā yo ca byāpādo yañca uddhaccaṃ, ayaṃ taṇhā. Yañca thinamiddhaṃ, yañca kukkuccaṃ yā ca vicikicchā, ayaṃ diṭṭhi. Yā pana kāyassa akammaniyatā kiñcāpi taṃ middhaṃ no tu sabhāvakilesatāya kileso, iti yā ca cittasallīyanā yā ca kāyākammaniyatā, ayaṃ pakkhopakileso na tu sabhāvakileso. Tattha attasaññānupacittaṃ kilamatho kukkuccānupacittaṃ thinaṃ yā cittassa līyanā, iti ime pañca nīvaraṇā cattāri nīvaraṇāni sabhāvakilesā thinamiddhaṃ nīvaraṇapakkhopakileso. Yathā cattāro āsavā sabhāvaāsavatāya āsavā no tu cittasāsavatāya āsavā. Sabhāvatāya āsavā. Pakkhe āsavatāya āsavā. Atha panāha suttantaṃ yena te sampayuttā vā vippayuttā vā āsavā, teyeva ete vattabbā sāsavā vā anāsavā vā.
什么是择法?贪欲即欲渴爱、色渴爱、有渴爱。凡是随执而生有漏贪求者,若以怨爱观视而行无益。于彼生起嗔恚,已行、当行。如此,应知九种嗔恨因缘。若如是嗔观者,则有烦恼:酷热、身疲劳、心不适业。厌恶心对治震怒者,其消减为昏沉。修止与观而调伏者,有掉举与追悔。忧戚为恶作,怀疑为疑。无明及渴爱现行,为堕落之行。覆障为盖,染污为结。欲爱为所缘所依。嗔恚、疲倦、掉举、恶作、疑、贪爱与无明,皆为诸烦恼之所依。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo. Abhijjhā kāmataṇhā rūpataṇhā bhavataṇhā. Yaṃ vā pana kiñci ajjhosānagataṃ sāsavā abhijjhitassa mettānupassiya yo anatthaṃ carati. Tattha yo byāpādaṃ uppādeti, acari carissatīti. Evaṃ nava āghātavatthūni kattabbāni, tassevaṃ byāpādānupassissa kileso yo paridāho kāyakilamatho akammaniyatā middhaṃ. Cittānupassissa paṭighātena khiyanā, idaṃ thinamiddhaṃ. Tattha adhikaraṇaavūpasamo, idaṃ uddhaccaṃ. Yaṃ kiṃ kasathamīti idaṃ kukkuccaṃ. Yaṃ yathā idaṃ santīraṇaṃ, ayaṃ vicikicchā. Tattha avijjā ca taṇhā ca atthi, idaṃ pariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ upakkileso ca atthi, idaṃ kāmacchando kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Byāpādo byāpādapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Thinamiddhaṃ thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ avijjāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vicikicchā vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ anusayasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṃ paṭighasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānaṃ mānasaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Avijjāpariyuṭṭhānañca vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānañca diṭṭhisaṃyojanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是相摄?宣说欲贪缠时,即已宣说一切缠;宣说诸结时,即已宣说一切结。此即相摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhāne vutte sabbāni pariyuṭṭhānāni vuttāni hontīti. Saṃyojanesu vuttesu sabbasaṃyojanāni vuttāni honti. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
82 其中,什么是四阵列摄?这五种盖是禅那的敌对法,即是苦集;其所生的果即是苦。其中,欲贪的敌对法是出离寻,嗔恚的敌对法是无嗔寻,其余三盖的敌对法是无害寻。这便是三种寻。出离寻属于定蕴,无嗔寻属于戒蕴,无害寻属于慧蕴,这便是三蕴。圣八支道导向诸盖的断除,彼断除诸盖即是灭。这便是四谛,这就是四阵列摄。显示巴利原文
82. Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Ye ime pañca nīvaraṇā jhānapaṭipakkho so dukkhasamudayo. Yaṃ phalaṃ, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Tattha kāmacchandassa nekkhammavitakko paṭipakkho; byāpādassa abyāpādavitakko paṭipakkho; tiṇṇaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ avihiṃsāvitakko paṭipakkho. Iti ime tayo vitakkā. Nekkhammavitakko samādhikkhandhaṃ bhajati. Abyāpādavitakko sīlakkhandhaṃ bhajati. Avihiṃsāvitakko paññākkhandhaṃ bhajati. Ime tayo khandhā. Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo nīvaraṇappahānāya saṃvattati. Yaṃ nīvaraṇappahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
其中,什么是回转摄?五盖可开为十种。凡于内而生执著者,亦是盖;凡于外而生执著者,亦是盖。如此乃至疑,这便是十种盖。内在与外在的烦恼,即为二结:内结与外结。其中,‘我’是内,‘我所’是外。有身见是内,六十二见处是外。凡对内的色法有欲贪、未离贪、未离欲者,乃至对识也是如此,这便是内渴爱。凡对六外处及三有生起执著者,这便是外渴爱。这便是二谛:结法与所结法。其中,对于所结法修习厌离观,即是道;彼断除诸结,即是灭。这就是回转摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Pañca nīvaraṇāni dasa bhavanti. Yadapi ajjhattaṃ sārajjati , tadapi nīvaraṇaṃ. Yadapi bahiddhā sārajjati, tadapi nīvaraṇaṃ, evaṃ yāva vicikicchā ime dasa nīvaraṇā. Ajjhattabahiddhā kilesā imāni dve saṃyojanāni ajjhattasaṃyojanañca bahiddhāsaṃyojanañca. Tattha ahanti ajjhattaṃ, mamanti bahiddhā. Sakkāyadiṭṭhi ajjhattaṃ, ekasaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni bahiddhā. Yo ajjhattaṃ chandarāgo rūpesu avītarāgo bhavati avītacchando. Evaṃ yāva viññāṇe, ayaṃ ajjhattā taṇhā. Yaṃ chasu bāhiresu āyatanesu tīsu ca bhavesu ajjhosānaṃ, ayaṃ bahiddhā taṇhā. Imāni dve saccāni saṃyojanāni saṃyojanīyā ca dhammā. Tattha saṃyojanesu dhammesu yā nibbidānupassanā ca, ayaṃ maggo. Yaṃ saṃyojanappahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
其中,什么是分别摄?所谓‘结’,并非绝对单一。‘慢结属于见分’,这也不是绝对的,它不舍离未见慢和依止慢。凡是五上分慢,虽然有可能属于见的部分,但并非为了断除下分结而起作用。再者,凡是我慢未断者,还会如此想:‘我何时才能证得那寂静处,具足而住,如同诸圣者那样证得寂静处,具足而住呢?’这是一种贪求,但它并非盖。然而,即使是阿罗汉也会有身染、昏沉生起,但这并非盖,他们的昏沉睡眠并非盖。因此并非绝对单一。这就是分别摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhattihāro? Saṃyojananti na etaṃ ekaṃsena. Mānasaṃyojanaṃ diṭṭhibhāgiyanti na taṃ ekaṃsena adiṭṭhamānaṃ nissāyamānaṃ na pajahati. Yo pañca uddhambhāgiyo māno kiñcāpi so diṭṭhipakkhe siyā. Na tu orambhāgiyaṃ saṃyojanaṃ tassa pahānāya saṃvattatīti. Yo ca ahaṃkāro na paviddhoyaṃ panassa evaṃ hoti. Kadāsu nāmāhaṃ taṃ santaṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissāmi, yaṃ ariyā santaṃ āyatanaṃ upasampajja viharissantīti, ayaṃ abhijjhā na ca taṃ nīvaraṇaṃ. Atthi pana arahato kāyakilesamiddhañca okkamati na ca taṃ nīvaraṇaṃ tassa thinamiddhaṃ nīvaraṇanti. Na ekaṃsena. Ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
五盖由五支禅那断除,此即回转。这是它们的对治,某盖已断,不应依他而推度,最极中舍——这就是回转。显示巴利原文
Parivattanoti pañca nīvaraṇā pañcaṅgikena jhānena pahānaṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ tesaṃ paṭipakkho nīvaraṇo asukassa pahīnāti na aññānuminitabbaṃ, paramatthamajjhattaṃ, ayaṃ parivattanā.
其中,何谓异名?欲贪、欲染、喜爱、欲乐,是异名。盖、覆、随烦恼、缠,是异名。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Kāmacchando chandarāgo pemaṃ nikantīti vevacanaṃ. Nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ upakkileso pariyuṭṭhānanti vevacanaṃ.
施设者:以无明为缘,依其作用而被施设;嗔恚,依散乱而被施设;昏沉睡眠,依未拔除而被施设。如是,所有此五盖,于本经中皆依散乱而被施设。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti avijjāpaccayā kiccapaññattiyā paññatti, byāpādo vikkhepapaññattiyā paññatti, thinamiddhaṃ asamugghātapaññattiyā paññatti. Evaṃ sabbepi ete pañca nīvaraṇā imamhi sutte vikkhepapaññattiyā paññatti.
其中,何为‘入摄’?即:五盖、无明与渴爱。其中,无明是诸盖之根。这渴爱便是诸行,它们以无明为缘。这二法在五蕴中属行蕴,在诸处中属法处,在诸界中属法界;在诸根中,这些法则是乐根、喜根、女根、男根的近因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Ime pañca nīvaraṇā avijjā ca taṇhā ca tattha avijjāmūlā nīvaraṇā. Yā taṇhā ime saṅkhārā, te avijjāpaccayā ime dve dhammā pañcasu khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ, dhātūsu dhammadhātu, indriyesu imesaṃ dhammānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ sukhindriyassa ca somanassindriyassa ca itthindriyassa ca purisindriyassa ca.
其中,何为‘清净摄’?此经依所缘而安立,其义即由此五句宣说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Idaṃ suttaṃ yathā ārabbha nikkhittaṃ so attho bhāsito imehi pañcahi padehi.
其中,欲贪、嗔恚与疑,并非依同一性而施设;所谓‘欲’,也不是依同一性施设,而是依差异性施设。此为决意摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāmacchando ca byāpādo ca vicikicchā ca na ekattatāya paññattā, kāmāti na ekattatāya paññattā, atha khalu vemattatāya paññattā. Ayaṃ adhiṭṭhāno hāro.
其中,哪些是资具摄?欲贪的如理作意,以净相为缘,复以净相为因。嗔恚的不如理作意,以嗔恨事为缘,以嗔恚随眠为因。昏沉睡眠以退缩为缘,以转起时的疲乏与动摇为因。掉举恶作以可染、可缘、可味及根未圆满之智为缘,以欲想与见随眠为因。疑以九种慢类所缘及慢随眠为缘,以疑随眠为因。这五法,有因有缘而生起。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Kāmacchandassa ayoniso manasikāro subhārammaṇapaccayo; subhanimittañca hetu. Byāpādassa ayoniso manasikāro āghātavatthūni ca paccayo; paṭighānusayo hetu. Thinamiddhassa paṭisaṃhāro paccayo; pavattiyā kilamathā calanā tañca hetu. Uddhaccakukkuccassa rajanīyaṃ ārammaṇiyaṃ assādiyākindriyaṃ tāva aparipuṇṇañca ñāṇaṃ paccayo; kāmasaññā ca diṭṭhianusayo ca hetu. Vicikicchāya nava mānavidhā ārammaṇaṃ mānānusayo, sova paccayo; vicikicchānusayo hetu. Ete pañca dhammā sahetu sappaccayā uppajjanti.
其中,什么是安立摄?这五盖,它们即是四漏,即是痈,即是箭,即是取。于他们外法中,此经归于杂染分的施设。这就是安立摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano hāro? Ime pañca nīvaraṇā cattāropi ete āsavā gaṇḍāpi ete sallāpi ete upādānāni ete. Tesu eva bāhiresu dhammesu saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttanti paññattiṃ gacchati. Ayaṃ samāropano hāro.
83 第八十三偈——“心为诸法先导”的偈颂。显示巴利原文
83. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti gāthā.
其中,何为说法摄?即于此经中,以蕴的判别而说识蕴,以界的判别而说意识界,以处的判别而说意处,以根的判别而说意根。对于这些,何者为心前导法?简言之,六法为前导法:善根与不善根。于此经中,所说的是善根。其中,何为心前导法?心为它们的前导,犹如强力国王为前导,如是诸法以心为前导。此中,三类前导是:出离欲、无嗔恚欲、不害欲。无贪以出离欲为前导,无嗔以无嗔恚欲为前导,无痴以不害欲为前导。其中,‘心最尊’者,指这些法由心所激发,由心所造作。心即是这些法中的最尊——心是这些法的最上、最尊,心对这些法有主宰力,故说心最尊。‘心迅’者,心前往何处,这些法也随至彼处,故说心迅。犹如疾风,或如疾行之人、疾飞之鸟被称为‘风迅’,如是这些法由心所生而疾行,因法之疾行,故称心迅。此三者由欲所生,清净无浊,即是思惟。加上七种身善行与语善行,这些合为十善业道。此中,‘若心欢喜’指意业,‘或语’指语业,‘或作’指身业。依此,于此经中,十善业道最为殊胜,戒律亦最为殊胜。彼属于出离,而非趣向世间,乃是随顺分经。这就是说法摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo desanā hāro? Imamhi sutte ko attho khandhavavatthānena viññāṇakkhandhaṃ deseti, dhātuvavatthānena manoviññāṇadhātuṃ, āyatanavavatthānena manāyatanaṃ, indriyavavatthānena manindriyaṃ. Tassa kiṃ pubbaṅgamā dhammā? Saṃkhittena cha dhammā pubbaṅgamā dhammā kusalamūlāni ca akusalamūlāni ca animittaṃ imamhi sutte kusalamūlaṃ desitaṃ. Tattha katamā manopubbaṅgamā dhammā? Mano tesaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ, yathāpi balassa rājā pubbaṅgamo, evameva dhammānaṃ manopubbaṅgamā. Tattha tividhānaṃ pubbaṅgamānaṃ nekkhammacchandena abyāpādacchandena avihiṃsāchandena. Alobhassa nekkhammacchandena pubbaṅgamā. Adosassa abyāpādacchandena pubbaṅgamā. Amohassa avihiṃsāchandena pubbaṅgamā. Tattha manoseṭṭhāti manasā ime dhammā ussaṭā manena vā nimmitā. Manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ seṭṭhoti manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ seṭṭhajeṭṭhoti manova imesaṃ dhammānaṃ ādhipaccaṃ karotīti manoseṭṭhā. Manojavāti yattha mano gacchati. Tattha ime dhammā gacchantīti manojavā. Yathā vāto sīghaṃ gacchati añño vā koci sīghaṃ gāmako vuccate vātajavoti pakkhigāmikoti, evameva ime dhammā manena sampajāyamānā gacchanti, tattha ime dhammā gacchantīti manojavāti. Te tividhā chandasamudānitā anāvilatā ca saṅkappo. Sattavidhā ca kāyikaṃ sucaritaṃ vācasikaṃ sucaritaṃ, te dasa kusalakammapathā. Tattha manasā ce pasannenāti manokammaṃ. Bhāsati vāti vacīkammaṃ. Karoti vāti kāyakammaṃ. Imehi imasmiṃ sutte dasa kusalakammapathā paramāpi santā sīlavatā paramā. So bhavati vivattiyaṃ na lokaniyyānāya vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ bhavati. Ayaṃ desanā.
其中,何为抉择摄?‘诸法以心为前导’,即善根与八正道。此即本经。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti kusalamūlāni ca aṭṭhaṅgasammattāni. Idaṃ suttaṃ.
所谓契合,即十善业道之果报,此果为乐受所摄,随顺无嗔恚。如影随形而不相离,这便是契合。显示巴利原文
Yuttīti dasannaṃ kusalakammapathānaṃ yo vipāko, so sukhavedanīyo abyāpādassaṅgamāno. Chāyāva anapāyinīti anugacchati atthi esā yutti.
“依止”者,即十八种意寻的依止。“诸法以心为前导”——这一切善法为其依止。“若以净信心”——这是内心清净,是信根的依止。“或说”——是正语的依止。“或作”——是正业与正精进的依止。显示巴利原文
Padaṭṭhānanti aṭṭhārasannaṃ manopavicārānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti sabbakusalapakkhassa ime dhammā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manasā ce pasannenāti yo cetaso pasādo, idaṃ saddhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Bhāsati vāti sammāvācāya. Karoti vāti sammākammantassa ca sammāvāyāmassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
“相”者,即“先行法”之相——这些法或以受为先行,或以想为先行,或以行为先行。凡是俱生的法,全都是这些法的先行。“于是,乐便随逐于彼”——喜悦也随逐于彼;若此是极乐的影像,那么乐也随逐于彼。显示巴利原文
Lakkhaṇoti iti pubbaṅgamā dhammāti vedanāpubbaṅgamāpi ete, saññāpubbaṅgamāpi ete, saṅkhārapubbaṅgamāpi ete. Ye keci dhammā sahajātā sabbe pubbaṅgamā etesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti somanassamapi naṃ anveti yaṃ susukhacchāyā tadāpi naṃ sukhaṃ tadapi anveti.
84 八十四、什么是四部摄?“心为前导”一句,并非单数。是何缘故?所有这些都是六识身。就此处而言,世尊的密意是什么?凡是希求安乐的人,都会使心净信——这便是世尊在此经中的密意。其义如前所释。显示巴利原文
84. Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Manopubbaṅgamāti na idaṃ ekādivacanaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Sabbe yeva ime chaviññāṇakāyā, imamhi bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sukhena atthikā, te manaṃ pasādentīti ayaṃ imamhi sutte bhagavato adhippāyo. Attho pubbeyeva niddiṭṭho.
那些善根,因具有八种利益而成为因,此即八正道。十种事为说法之因、说法之缘及开示。其中,我认为:与苦俱起的名色以及识的真实,以此支而舍断善根,此即于未断地中的集;他们之舍断,即是灭。此即四圣谛。此为随转摄。显示巴利原文
Yāni hi kusalamūlāni, tāni aṭṭhānisaṃsamattā hetu, ayaṃ aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Dasa ṭhānāni desanāhetūni desanāpaccayā niddesanā ca. Tattha yaṃ maññe dukkhena saha nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasaccanti aṅgena kusalamūlaṃ pahīyati, ayaṃ appahīnabhūmiyaṃ samudayo. Yaṃ tesaṃ pahānā, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
心为前导诸法,心为最尊,心所造作;
若以净信心,或语或行;
由此,乐便追随于他,如影之不离。
显示巴利原文 Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā; Manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā; Tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinīti.
这并非一概适用于沙门或婆罗门。若邪见者于自宗心生净信,以彼净信之心而言、而说,乐则不随逐于彼,不如影之随行,唯苦随逐于彼。犹如负载之车轮,有辙迹随行。对此应分别解答:「若以净信心」所造之身业与语业,为乐受所摄——于正聚中则为乐受所摄,于邪聚中则为苦受所摄。此为分别。显示巴利原文
Taṃ na ekaṃsena samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā pana hoti. Tassa vā micchādiṭṭhikassa sakasatthe cittaṃ pasādeti, tena ca pasannena cittena bhāsati byākaroti na taṃ sukhamanveti na chāyāva anugāminī, dukkhameva taṃ anveti. Yathā vahantaṃ cakkaṃ padamanveti, idaṃ taṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ. Manasā ce pasannena kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ sukhavedanīyanti samaggate sukhavedanīyaṃ micchaggate dukkhavedanīyaṃ, ayaṃ vibhatti.
此中,何为转还摄?「诸法以意为前导」:若以染污心而言、而行,则苦随逐于彼。此即二经所说,正是其反面。所谓异门者,即:意、心、识、意根、意识界。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti yaṃ manasā paduṭṭhena bhāsati vā karoti vā dukkhamassānugāminī, etāniyeva dve suttāni bhāsitāni esa eva ca paṭipakkho. Vevacananti yadidaṃ manocittaṃ viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu.
「施设」:所谓「诸法以意为前导」,此‘意’是以某种施设而施设。‘诸法’:是以善业道之施设而施设。‘意为最胜’:是以殊胜施设而施设。‘意为疾速’:是以俱有施设而施设。‘心’:是以出离施设而施设。‘若以净信心’:此或以信根施设而施设,或以无浊思惟之第二禅施设而施设,或以不信者之对立面施设而施设。‘或语’:是以正语施设而施设。‘或作’:是以正业施设而施设。‘从此乐随逐’:即禅那的安定。于诸根中,为意根。于缘起中,为识。‘诸法以意为前导’:即慈与柔软,于诸禅中,属第二禅与第三禅。于诸蕴中,属行蕴。于诸界中,属法界。于诸处中,属法处。凡是善的,于诸根中以乐根、喜根为近因。于这些缘生之法,以触为缘而有乐受触、乐受,于意所伺中为喜伺,于三十六有寻句中,有六种出离依止之喜。如是,此为摄入理趣。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti ayaṃ mano kiñci paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Dhammāti kusalakammapathapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manoseṭṭhāti visiṭṭhapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manojavāti sahapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Cittanti nekkhammapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasā ce pasannenāti saddhindriyapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasā ce pasannenāti anāvilasaṅkappadutiyajjhānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ . Manasā ce pasannenāti assaddhānaṃ paṭipakkhapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Bhāsati vāti sammāvācāpaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Karoti vāti sammākammantapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti jhānasamādhānaṃ. Indriyesu manindriyaṃ. Paṭiccasamuppāde viññāṇaṃ. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti mettā ca mudutā ca jhānesu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyañca. Khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpanno. Dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ. Yaṃ kusalaṃ indriyesu sukhindriyañca somanassindriyañca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Imesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭiccasamuppannānaṃ phassapaccayā sukhavedanīyo phasso sukhavedanā manopavicāresu somanassavicāro chattiṃsesu paṭhamapadesu cha somanassanekkhammassitā. Iti ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
此中,何为净化理趣?即针对某一义理而说此经,此义理相应,此经正是为彼义理而说。这便是净化理趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yaṃ atthaṃ ārabbha idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsitaṃ. So attho niyutto etamatthaṃ ārabbha suttaṃ. Ayaṃ sodhano hāro.
85 其中,什么是确立理趣?‘诸法以意为前导’:这是同义词施设,而非单一性施设。‘诸法’:是单一性,并非同义词施设。‘若以净信心’:那种净信有两种:内在的,即镇伏瞋恚;外在的,即信解。内在净信又有两种:断除净信与镇伏净信,即镇伏瞋恚的缠缚。恼害并非根本净信,也不是从根本而生。净信与瞋恚共存,便会生起恼害。‘从此乐随逐’:乐有身乐与心乐,还有不喜的离别、可喜的会合、出离乐、凡夫乐、喜觉支的心乐。又,‘身轻安而感受乐’,那也是身乐,而诸觉支是心乐。再者,‘身轻安而感受乐’,那也是以乐为近因的施设,如所说,那是善法的不执取。‘随逐’:指安止,并非已得此状态者才随逐。此经应以两种方式确立:因——即净信心者;果——即苦受者。显示巴利原文
85. Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? Manopubbaṅgamā dhammāti vevacanapaññatti, na ekattapaññatti. Dhammāti ekato na vevacanapaññatti. Manasā ce pasannenāti so pasādo dvidho ajjhattañca abyāpādāvikkhambhanabahiddhā ca okappanato. So ajjhattapasādo dvidho. Samugghātapasādo ca vikkhambhanapasādo ca byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Vighāto na mūlapasādo jātamūlampi vā. Pasādo sabyāpādaṃ vighātena. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti sukhaṃ kāyikañca cetasikañca appiyavippayogopi piyasampayogopi nekkhammasukhampi puthujjanasukhampi pītisambojjhaṅgampi cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ . Yampi passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, tampi kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ bojjhaṅgā ca cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ. Yampi passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedesi, tampi tañca sukhapadaṭṭhānaṃ paññattiyā yathāvuttaṃ taṃ aparāmaṭṭhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Anvetīti appanā sandissati na cāyaṃ vā pattabhūto anveti. Tadidaṃ suttaṃ dvīhi ākārehi adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Hetunā ca yo pasannamānaso vipākena ca yo dukkhavedanīyo.
“资具”:世尊与五百比丘僧众进入王舍城。那时,有一人招待世尊,他生起净信,也是久习善根者。他又告诉其他人,说了这样的话:“世尊进入谁家,那家人真有得利!若我们也能如此,便能获得对世尊的净信。”他朝着世尊的方向合掌,心无瞋恚,立于一旁,说:“礼敬世尊,礼敬世尊。”正当那时,世尊宣说了此经:“诸法以意为前导。”整部经如此:凡对他人所说,即是语业;凡是合掌,即是身业;凡是意净信,即是意业。其中,凡对他人宣说、称扬赞叹,说“世尊进入其家宅”等,这一切是他的无贪善根。凡对世尊有慈心,这是他的无瞋善根。凡是合掌并折伏慢心,此时他的无痴善根显现。凡是获得广大智慧,这是他的想颠倒断除。凡是如此防护,这也是他的想颠倒断除。凡是令心净信,这是他的心颠倒断除。这些成为对不善颠倒的镇伏、断除之缘。三种善根,那种无浊心的思维,称为他的作意。凡是从烦恼镇伏,如是,颠倒与所缘,以具缘性为缘;善根,以可见性为缘;那种作意,即以此因、此缘而生起心。其中,凡是以有导师为所缘而生起的心,这是佛随念。凡是作意世显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti bhagavā pañcasatena bhikkhusaṅghena nagaraṃ pavisati rājagahaṃ. Tattha manusso puggalo bhagavantaṃ parivisati, tassa pasādo uppanno kusalamūlapubbayogāvacaropi. So aññesañca akkhāti, idaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati lābhā tesaṃ, yesaṃ nivesanaṃ bhagavā pavisati, amhākampi yadi bhaveyya mayampi bhagavato saṃpasādaṃ lacchamhāti. Yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ‘‘namo bhagavato namo bhagavato’’ti abyāpādamāno ekamante aṭṭhāsi. Tadanantare bhagavā imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsittha ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’ti. Sabbaṃ suttaṃ tathā yaṃ paresaṃ bhāsati idaṃ vācākammaṃ. Yaṃ añjaliṃ paṇāmeti, idaṃ kāyakammaṃ. Yo manopasādo, idaṃ manokammaṃ. Tattha yaṃ paresaṃ pakāseti bhāsati vaṇṇaṃ. Yesaṃ bhagavā nivesanaṃ gacchatīti. Sabbaṃ tassa alobho kusalamūlaṃ. Yaṃ bhagavati mettacitto, tassa adoso kusalamūlaṃ . Yaṃ añjaliṃ paṇāmeti mānañca niggaṇhāti, tatthassa amoho kusalamūlaṃ pātubhavati. Yaṃ uḷārapaññaṃ paṭilabhati, idamassa diṭṭhivipallāsappahānaṃ. Yaṃ tathāyeva saṃvaro hoti, idamassa saññāvipallāsappahānaṃ. Yaṃ manassa pasādanaṃ, idamassa cittavipallāsappahānanti akusalavipallāsānaṃ vikkhambhanaṃ pahānaṃ paccayo. Tīṇi kusalamūlāni yo anāvilacittasaṅkappo, so tassa manasikāroti vuccati. Yaṃ kilesehi vikkhambhanaṃ iti vipallāsā ca ārammaṇā sappaccayatāya paccayo kusalamūlāni ca sandissayatāya paccayo, so ca manasikāro hetunā iminā paccayena cittaṃ uppannaṃ. Tattha yaṃ sasatthārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattaṃ ayaṃ buddhānussati. Yampi bhagavato guṇe manasi karoti, ayamassa dhammānussati. Tattha satisampajaññaṃ hetu, ayañca paccayo. Vācā paññā hetu vitakkavicārā paccayo. Kāyasaṅkhārā kammassa abhisaṅkhāro nāma hetu vā appaccayo sukhavedanīyassa kammassa upacayo hetukā kammassa paccayo.
86 其中,什么是安立理趣?‘唯以净信心’:此处,净信者即是具念者。又,‘众生因心清净而得解脱’,因此,众生以心为前导,以净信心,思也于此处成为心所摄,故有瞋恚。这是诸思的净信;其身也是净信,他以净信而发起;净信者,其想不颠倒。那种镇伏有五种,身轻安即是净信,依于心,而心先已净信。这是安立。如此,五种净信亦然。‘从此乐随逐’:世尊指的是哪一种?并非其业的异熟随逐于自谛。其方便随行,当依止之缘而生起喜时,无悔也随逐。这是安立理趣。显示巴利原文
86. Tattha katamo samāropano hāro? Manasāyeva pasannena satoyevettha pasanno api ca cittavodānā sattā vimuccantīti tena sattā cittapubbaṅgamā cittena pasannena cetanāpi tattha cittabhūtā bhavantīti paṭighā ayaṃ cetanānaṃ pasādena kāyo cassa pasādo , so ca ārabhati pasādena pasanno saññānanti cassa aviparītā, so pañcavidho vikkhambhanā, kāyapassambhanāyevā pasādo cittasito cittaṃ pana pubbaṃyeva pasannaṃ. Ayaṃ samāropanā. Evaṃ pañcannampi pasādo. Tato naṃ sukhamanvetīti katamaṃ bhagavā niddisati? Na hi attasaccaṃ tassa kammassa vipāko anveti. Tassa upāyo anugacchati yadā sitapaccayā uppajjate somanassaṃ avippaṭisāropi anveti. Ayaṃ samāropano hāro.
《摩诃男释子经》:若他在那时于无念、不正知中死去,便会生于欲界。那种无念的摄受——世尊说:“摩诃男,莫怖畏!你那颗心长久以来为信所修习、为戒所修习、为闻所修习、为施所修习……”当广说。以施与慧,显示了什么?那种信,是心的净信。那种无混浊的思惟,便是信。何以故?因其以无混浊为相。信确实以无混浊为相。或有人说:信以功德清净、达于圆满为相;又有人说:信以领受言语为相。另一种说法:若对自己如是信解——“我实无所知,于此只是随顺,而非执取异见”,这便是信。另一种说法:观察六十二种邪见的过患,见其无常、苦、无我。以此为依止,犹如在深井中,以眼见水而身不能触及。如是,他以圣者的审察忍而得见,却未作证,这称为信,且是世间的。另一种说法:对凡夫位的二十种萨迦耶见,能安忍而不执著,这便不是单一的理趣观察,而是如实见。然而,以尚弱的五根,那与见道所断以及与见相应的烦恼,此即是信。显示巴利原文
Mahānāma sakkassa suttaṃ . Tasmiṃ ce samaye assato asampajāno kālaṃ kareyya kāme bhavati. Assato abhisamāhāro yo mā bhāyi, mahānāma, yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ sīlaparibhāvitaṃ sutacāgaparibhāvitanti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Cāgena ca paññāya ca kiṃ dasseti? Yā saddhā, sā cetaso pasādo. Yā anāvilasaṅkappitā, sā saddhā. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Anāvilalakkhaṇā. Anāvilalakkhaṇā hi saddhā. Apare āhu guṇaparisuddhiniṭṭhāgamanalakkhaṇā, yañca apare vā vacanapaṭiggahalakkhaṇā saddhā. Aparo pariyāyo attānaṃ yadi evaṃ okappeti ‘‘nāhaṃ kiñci jānāmīti esā ahaṃ tattha anuññattā anaññatā’’ti. Ayaṃ saddhāti. Aparo pariyāyo ekasaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ ādīnavānupassanā aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti. Tena ca padiṭṭhaṃ bhavati yathā gambhīre udapāne udakaṃ cakkhunā passati na ca kāyena abhisambhunāti. Evamassa ariyā nijjhānakkhantiyā diṭṭhi bhavati, na ca sacchikatā. Ayaṃ vuccati saddhā. Sā ca lokikā. Aparo pariyāyo khamati puthujjanabhūtassa vīsati cāti ko sakkāyādhīnā na niveso. Na etaṃ ekanti nayasaññā yathābhūtaṃ diṭṭhiyā tu khalu mudūhi pañcahi indriyehi dassanamaggena pahīnā bhavanti. Diṭṭhekaṭṭhā ca kilesā, ayaṃ saddhā.
在预流支这片土地上,这被称为圆满。就在这片土地上,有学之戒被称为圣者所持。就在这片土地上,柔软之慧被称为慧根。就在这片土地上,对诸蕴的无欲求,便是舍离。因此,信当以舍离为依处而解说。若心过偏,便会转为相反的邪见与不信,于眼等诸依处放逸而执取。这其中,信根即是:凡有所欲求者,依此而遍净,由舍断恶不善法;并非以舍离为依处,而以慧根为慧的依处,以戒为近于寂止的依处。这四种法——信、戒、舍离、慧——令戒得以圆满。其中,以信渡越暴流;那戒,即是无放逸;那舍离,乃是慧的作用;那慧,便是慧根。其中,信根住于三种不坏净信;那戒,住于信根之中;那舍离,住于四禅之中;那慧,住于诸谛,而念则遍行于一切处。对于那位有学者,现世生计是善的,来世也是善的。对于失念者,虽持戒,但因身失念故,那些根或善根、业果便会生起。这是对此三者的义理解说。其中,信、戒、舍离、慧是四种法。那信与那慧,是意善行;那戒,是身、语善行;那舍离,是心所中的无贪善行。如是,当心被把握时,五取蕴即被把握。以这些法,此善行即是苦圣谛,为道的前行基。显示巴利原文
Sotāpattaṅgamadukkhāyaṃ bhūmiyaṃ paripuṇṇā vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ sekkhasīlaṃ ariyā dhāranti vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ mudupaññā paññindriyanti vuccati. Tasmiṃyeva bhūmiyaṃ khandhehi anatthikatā, ayaṃ cāgo. Tasmā saddhā cāgādhiṭṭhānena niddisitabbā. Yatikena bhiyyo manena sā hissa viparītā diṭṭhikā assaddhā, sā nayanaupadhīsu pamattā samādinnā. Tattha saddhindriyaṃ yo kāmaṃ parivissanti iti santapāpapaṭinissaggā na cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ paññindriyena paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ, sīlena upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Ime cattāro dhammā sīlaṃ paribhāvayanti saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo ca paññāti. Tattha saddhāya oghaṃ tarati. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, ayaṃ appamādo. Yo cāgo, idaṃ paññāya kammaṃ. Yā paññā, idaṃ paññindriyaṃ, tattha yaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Taṃ tīsu aveccappasādesu. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, taṃ saddhindriyesu. Yo cāgo, so catūsu jhānesu. Yā paññā, sā saccesu, sati sabbatthagāminī. Tassa sekkhassa bhaddikā bhati, bhaddiko abhisamparāyo. Tassa sammuṭṭhassatikassa sīlaṃ karontassa na kāyasammuṭṭhassatitāya tāni vā indriyāni taṃ vā kusalamūlaṃ kammavipākaṃ bhavati. Tassa tikassa atthaniddeso. Tattha saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo paññā cattāro dhammā. Yā saddhā yā ca paññā, idaṃ manosucaritaṃ. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, idaṃ kāyikaṃ vācasikaṃ sucaritaṃ. Yo cāgo, idaṃ cetasikaṃ alobho sucaritaṃ. Iti citte gahite pañcakkhandhā gahitā bhavanti. Imehi dhammehi sucaritaṃ idaṃ dukkhañca ariyasaccaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ maggassa.
87 其中,什么是审察的方法?那信与那戒,是为了什么而作?凭借那信,随念世尊,即使与象相遇,或与狗等相遇,也绝不以身或语违犯戒行,成为无畏、无悔之处,慧则令其所安立者现起。对于他那无缺的戒,若未断除,则其与痴相应的不善心便会生起,或与邪见相应——这便是审察的方法。说法者将有善的现世生计,这是合理的。显示巴利原文
87. Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Yā ca saddhā yañca sīlaṃ. Taṃ kissa karoti? Yā saddhā tāya bhagavantaṃ anussarati mattenapi hatthinā samāgatā, assa bho kukkurā sabbaṃ sīlena nappaṭipajjati kāyena vā vācāya vā ṭhānaṃ visārado bhavatīti avippaṭisārī paññā yassa paññattaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Tassa akhaṇḍassa sīlaṃ yaṃ na pacchi tassaṃ mohassa akusalacittaṃ uppajjati micchādiṭṭhisahagataṃ vā, ayaṃ vicayo hāro. Dhammavādino bhaddikārāti bhavissati atthi esā yutti.
其中,什么是前行基础的方法?此心长久以来为信、戒、舍离、慧、定所修习,是初禅的前行基础。那无浊的信解,是第二禅的前行基础。三种不坏净信与彼戒,是圣者所爱之戒蕴的前行基础。那慧,是慧蕴的前行基础。这些法与此心,是心一境性定的前行基础。信是信根的前行基础。舍离是定根的前行基础。慧是慧根的前行基础。信与慧是观的前行基础。戒与舍离是止的前行基础。信与慧是为无明离欲之慧解脱的前行基础。戒与舍离是为贪离欲之心解脱的前行基础。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Yamidaṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ saddhāya sīlena cāgena paññāya samādhinā paṭhamajjhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā saddhā assa anāvilasaṅkappo, taṃ dutiyajjhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tīṇi ca aveccappasādā yaṃ sīlaṃ, taṃ ariyakantaṃ, taṃ sīlakkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā paññā, sā paññākkhandhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ime ca dhammā idañca cittaṃ ekodibhūtasamādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā saddhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Cāgo samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā ca paññā ca vipassanā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sīlañca cāgo ca samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saddhā ca paññā ca avijjā virāgāya paññāvimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sīlañca cāgo ca rāgavirāgāya cetovimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是特相的方法?当识被说时,由信与念之修习,则所有五蕴即已被说。当信被说时,所有七圣财即已被说:信财……乃至……当戒蕴被说时,定蕴与慧蕴即已被说。那长时修习之心,于临终时必定随转。其中,想亦随之而转。那些同类的法,亦随之而转。色想、色思、随观与作意——如是于六处识身,这便是特相的方法。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Viññāṇe vutte saddhāsatibhāvite sabbe pañcakkhandhā vuttā bhavanti. Saddhāya bhaṇitāya sabbāni satta dhanāni bhaṇitāni honti saddhādhanaṃ…pe… sīlakkhandhe vutte samādhikkhandho ca paññākkhandho ca vuttā bhavanti. Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ pacchimake kāle na tadanuparivatti bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Tattha saññāpi tadanuparivattinī bhavati. Yepi tajjātikā dhammā, tepi tadanuparivattino bhavanti. Rūpasaññā rūpasañcetanānupassanamanasikāro evaṃ channaṃ āyatanānaṃ viññāṇakāye, ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
其中,什么是四阵列的方法?于此经中,世尊的意趣为何?凡希望现世善利与来世善利者,他们将作意信、戒、舍离与慧,此即意趣。又,其余那些众生,若不在如来面前违逆,听闻此法后,当无悔而命终,此亦是意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye bhaddikaṃ bhatiṃ ākaṅkheyya bhaddikañca abhisamparāyaṃ, te saddhaṃ sīlaṃ cāgaṃ paññañca manasi karissanti, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Ye caññepi sattā tathāgatassa sammukhaṃ na paṭiyujjhante, imaṃ dhammaṃ sotā avippaṭisārato kālaṃ karissantīti, ayaṃ adhippāyo.
88 其中,什么是回转的方法?这四种法——信与慧,能破除不信与无明;戒与舍,能破除渴爱与瞋恚。他的两种根由此断除。苦因此回转,而在尚未断除的层面,这二根便是五取蕴。两种圣谛即是止与观;两种根的断除则对应灭与道二谛。这便是回转的方法。显示巴利原文
88. Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Idampi cattāro dhammā saddhā ca paññā ca assaddhiyañca avijjañca hananti. Sīlañca cāgo ca taṇhā ca dosañca hananti. Tassa dve mūlāni pahīyanti. Dukkhaṃ nivatteti appahīnabhūmiyañca dvimūlāni pañcakkhandhā. Dve ariyasaccāni samatho ca vipassanā ca. Dvinnaṃ mūlānaṃ pahānaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni nirodho ca maggo ca. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
其中,什么是分别?那被信所修习的心……即便是凡夫,也会有善好的现世生计,但这并不决定他的业在现世就会受报,也可能在未来某种情形下成熟。又或者,过去已然现前的果报以此为缘,正如《大业分别经》中所说:“因此,这是应当分别记说的解说,法行者可获得善好的现世生计。”显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… sace puthujjanassa tassapi bhaddikā bhati bhavissatīti na ekaṃsena tassa kammaṃ diṭṭheyeva dhamme vipākanti paccessati, aparamhi vā pariyāye bhavissati. Yaṃ vā atītaṃ vipākāya paccupaṭṭhitaṃ, tappaccayāni cetāni, ye yathā mahākammavibhaṅge ‘‘tenāyaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇiyo niddeso dhammacārino yā bhaddikā bhatī’’ti.
其中,什么是翻转?不信、恶戒、悭吝、劣慧,以及任何被对治法所断除的,这便称为翻转。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Assaddhiyaṃ dussīlyaṃ yaṃ maccheraṃ duppaññaṃ ca yañca paṭipakkhena pahīnā bhavanti, ayaṃ parivattanā.
此中,什么是同义语?那长时修习的心——心、意、意识……信力、信根;那戒是善行、防护、律仪、调御、蕴聚:这些是它的同义语。那施是舍离、无贪、放舍、最上之施。那慧是施设、慧光、慧根、慧力。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ vevacanaṃ? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ manoviññāṇaṃ…pe… yaṃ saddhābalaṃ saddhindriyaṃ, yaṃ sīlaṃ taṃ sucaritaṃ, saṃyamo niyamo damo khandhatā imāni tassa vevacanāni. Yo cāgo so paṭinissaggo alobho vosaggo cāgoyiṭṭhānaṃ. Yā paññā sā paññattā paññappabhā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ.
此中,什么是施设?那心是施设的种子,即为施设;修习、熏习是施设的施设;信是净信施设的施设;戒是善行施设的施设;施是福行施设的施设;慧是审察施设的施设。信、戒、施这三法,依于慧而得清净。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ bījaṃ paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Paribhāvanā vāsanā paññattiyā paññatti. Saddhā pasādapaññattiyā paññattā. Sīlaṃ sucaritapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Cāgo puññakiriyapaññattiyā paññatto. Paññā vīmaṃsapaññattiyā paññattā. Ime tayo dhammā saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo paññavato pārisuddhiṃ gacchanti.
此中,什么是摄属?那心在蕴中属识蕴,在界中属意识界,在处中属意处。那四法,在蕴中为行蕴所摄……在界、处中亦复如是。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Yaṃ cittaṃ, taṃ khandhesu viññāṇakkhandho, dhātūsu manoviññāṇadhātu, āyatanesu manāyatanaṃ. Ye cattāro dhammā, te khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandhe pariyāpannā…pe… dhātūsu āyatanesu.
此中,何谓净化摄句?即世尊所说、由释迦族大名所请问,一切皆与之相应。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Idaṃ bhagavato bhāsitaṃ mahānāmena sakkena pucchitena sabbaṃ taṃ niyuttaṃ.
此中,何谓安立?此心依差别被施设为‘为未修习的不善心所修习’,又依其他已修习者而施设;此四种法悉依同一性而施设。所谓‘吉祥的供养’,即指诸欲乐者、色界、无色界及人,一切皆为吉祥的供养,依此说而施设,这便是施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Idaṃ cittaṃ vemattatāya paññattaṃ akusalehi cittehi aparibhāvitehi paribhāvitanti yāni puna paribhāvitāni aññesampi tattha upādāya paññattaṃ sabbepime cattāro dhammā ekattatāya paññattā. Bhaddikā bhatīti kāmabhogino teva rūpadhātu arūpadhātu manussāti sabbā bhaddikā bhati tadeva kathāya paññattaṃ, ayaṃ paññatti.
此中,何谓资具?对于心,诸根为增上缘性的缘,作意为因缘性的缘。对于信,世间慧为因缘性的缘,如理作意亦是缘。对于戒,住于适宜处为缘,自正愿为因。对于施,无贪为因,无悔为因缘性的缘。对于慧,闻他音声与内如理作意为因缘性的缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Cittassa indriyāni paccayo ādhipateyyapaccayatāya manasikāro. Hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Saddhāya lokikā paññā hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Yoniso ca manasikāro paccayo. Sīlassa patirūpadesavāso paccayo. Attasammāpaṇidhānañca hetu. Cāgassa alobho hetu. Avippaṭisāro ca hetupaccayo. Paññā parato ca ghoso ajjhattañca yoniso manasikāro hetupaccayo ca.
此中,什么是“确立”?那长时修习的心,亦为心所。此处,一切法皆得修习,吉祥的供养将成就,吉祥的再生与来世将成就。如此,凡诸人类的受用与享用,一切悉皆唯是吉祥的供养。这即是确立。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitanti cetasikāpi. Ettha sabbe dhammā paribhāvitā bhaddikā te bhati bhavissati, bhaddikā upapattiko abhisamparāyo. Iti ye keci manussakā upabhogaparibhogā sabbe bhaddikā bhatiyeva, ayaṃ samāropano.
89 “上、下、一切处离贪者”之偈。此中,什么是“上”?即从此之后将有的阿那含,这就是上。“下”是指已超越、已过去的,此说为“无余依”。其中,依过去而执常见者,为前际分别者;而执后际见者,为某些人;执断见者,为所说分别者。这些见即是断见与常见。其中,此常见,是以十五种事由身见执取常见。“我有色”、“我中有色”、“色中有我”、“我是色”,凡所说者,执取慧。那断见,是五百种执持断灭。他们见“命即是身”、“色是我”等,如是四种身见,归于断见与常见。如是,于五蕴中,有二十种事之见,十五种事执持前际。常见之五种事执持后际,断见亦然。其中,见“此是我”者,观色为我,彼断见者亦见“我有色”、“我中有色”、“色中有我”,由如是见故,此为断见;执取我者,执取常见,亦执取前际。不观“此是我”者,其见漏得断。于三时中,前际与后际,依彼彼所示,“上、下、一切处离贪者,不观‘此是我’”,依此门、此方便、此方法,此见地与须陀洹果,彼圣方便,以无有之轮回,不再有。任何圣方便,皆为不再有,诸根软、中、上,一切皆导向不再有之断。“我”即见暴流、欲暴流、显示巴利原文
89. Uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vītarāgoti gāthā . Tattha kiṃ uddhaṃ nāma? Yaṃ ito uddhaṃ bhavissati anāgāmī, idaṃ uddhaṃ. Adho nāma yamatikkantamatītaṃ, idamavoca apadānatanti uddhaṃ. Tattha atītena sassatadiṭṭhi pubbantākappikānaṃ aparantadiṭṭhi kesañci, ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ yaṃ vuttakappikānaṃ imā ceva diṭṭhiyo ucchedadiṭṭhi ca sassatadiṭṭhi ca. Tatthāyaṃ sassatadiṭṭhi imāni pannarasa padāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi sassataṃ bhajanti. Rūpavantaṃ me attā, attani me rūpaṃ, rūpaṃ me attāti yaduccate paññaṃ paridahanti. Yā ucchedadiṭṭhi sā pañcasatāni ucchedaṃ bhajanti. Te ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’nti passanti, rūpaṃ me attāti tathārūpā catubbidhā sakkāyadiṭṭhi ucchedena ca sassatena ca. Evaṃ pañcasu khandhesu vīsativatthukāya diṭṭhiyā pannarasa padāni pubbantaṃ bhajanti. Sassatadiṭṭhiyā pañca padāni aparantaṃ bhajanti ucchedadiṭṭhiyā. Tattha ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti passantā rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, so ucchedavādī rūpavantañca attānaṃ, attani ca rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attāti so passati cāti iti ucchedadiṭṭhi ca, attato paṭissarati sassatadiṭṭhi pubbantato ca paṭissarati. ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti na samanupassati. Tassa diṭṭhāsavā pahānaṃ gacchanti. Yo tīsu addhāsu pubbante ca aparante ca tena tena niddiṭṭhānena uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vītarāgo ‘‘ahamasmī’’ti na anupassatīti iminā dvārena iminā payogena iminā upāyena idaṃ dassanabhūmi ca sotāpattiphalañca so ariyo payogo anabhāvaṃgatena saṃsārena apunabbhavāti yo koci ariyo payogo punabbhavāya mudūni vā pañcindriyāni majjhāni adhimattāni vā sabbaṃ apunabbhavappahānāya saṃvattanti. Ahanti diṭṭhogho kāmogho bhavogho avijjogho ca odhiso. Tattha desanāhārena cattāri saccāni pañcahi indriyehi sotāpattiphalena ca dve saccāni maggo ca nirodho ca. Sakkāyasamudayena dve saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca, ayaṃ desanā hāro.
此中,什么是“简择”?不观“此是我”者,即断除三种见所断结。这即是简择。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassanto tīṇi dassanappahātabbāni saṃyojanāni pajahati. Ayaṃ vicayo.
此中,何等为相应?人有三种:有略说即知者,有广说即知者,有应引导者。略说即知者根器猛利,广说即知者根器柔软,应引导者根器更为柔软。此中,略说即知者由利根故,达至见道地而证须陀洹果,成一种子者,此为第一类须陀洹。广说即知者由软根故,达至见道地而证须陀洹果,成家家者,此为第二类须陀洹。应引导者亦达至见道地,证须陀洹果,成七返者,此为第三类须陀洹。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā yutti? Tividhā puggalā koci ugghaṭitaññū koci vipañcitaññū koci neyyo. Ugghaṭitaññū tikkhindriyo ca tato vipañcitaññū mudindriyo tato mudindriyehi neyyo. Tattha ugghaṭitaññū tikkhindriyatāya dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, ekabījako bhavati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sotāpanno. Vipañcitaññū mudūhi indriyehi dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, kolaṃkolo ca hoti. Ayaṃ dutiyo sotāpanno. Tattha neyyo dassanabhūmimāgamma sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇāti, sattakkhattuparamo ca bhavati. Ayaṃ tatiyo sotāpanno.
有此相应:依软、中、上诸根,而证软、中、上诸地;或以断有身见而断诸邪见。此即相应。显示巴利原文
Atthi esā yutti mudumajjhādhimattehi indriyehi mudumajjhādhimattaṃ bhūmiṃ sacchikareyya sakkāyadiṭṭhippahānena vā diṭṭhigatāni pajahati. Ayaṃ yutti.
此中,何为立足处?于此,有身见是一切邪见的立足处;有身是名色的立足处;名色是有身见的立足处;五种色根是色贪的立足处;六处是我慢的立足处。此中,何为特征?当二见被断除时,其中一见之断,即令诸见处断除。于上、于下已离贪者,即于一切可染着处离贪。他如实了知‘此是彼地之缘’,触证一切缘起。此为特征之范畴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Tattha sakkāyadiṭṭhi sabbamicchādiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Sakkāyo nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmarūpaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañca indriyāni rūpīni rūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saḷāyatanaṃ ahaṃkārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Dvīsu diṭṭhīsu pahīnāsu tattha ekā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni pahānaṃ gacchanti. Uddhaṃ ca adho ca vītarāgo sabbarajanīyesu vītarāgo hoti. Tajjā parabhūmiyaṃ, idaṃ paccayanti yathābhūtaṃ passati. So sabbapaṭiccasamuppādaṃ āmasati. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
90 此中,什么是四阵列之范畴?在此经中,世尊的意趣是什么?那些不喜乐的众生,将为断除见而努力。这就是世尊在此的意趣。这就是四阵列之范畴。显示巴利原文
90. Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sattā ye nābhiramissanti, te diṭṭhippahānāya vāyamissanti. Ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
此中,什么是回转之范畴?那些柔软的五根,即是下分五根。它们全部聚集——即贪爱与嗔恚——以修习的方式:有学的解脱以信为力,上分的以见为力;信根、精进根由于已发勤,念根由于已策励,而达到究竟圆满。其中,那些根,此道是杂染的断除。这是灭,是未来不生之法,这是苦。这就是回转之范畴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Yānimāni mudūni pañcindriyāni tāni orambhāgiyāni pañcindriyāni. Sabbena sabbaṃ samūhananti abhijjhābyāpādo ca bhāvanākārena sekkhāya vimuttiyā balaṃ saddhā, uddhambhāgiyāni diṭṭhivasena balaṃ saddhā, vīriyindriyaṃ ārabhitattā satindriyaṃ paggahitattā accantaṃ niṭṭhaṃ gacchanti. Tattha yāni indriyāni, ayaṃ maggo saṃkilesappahānaṃ. Ayaṃ nirodho āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo hāro.
此中,什么是分别之范畴?“我是此”——凡是如此观者,他确实是以增上的世俗地、而非以圣者的修行来断除有身见。这称为“于彼地增上”。其中,于彼地,以五种行相获得增上:以戒、以禁制、以多闻、以定、以出离乐。其中,对于未证得者生起已证得想,执取增上慢。正是以此事为缘起,世尊宣说了此经:“持戒者仅以禁制……”其中,凡是未证得而生起已证得想的人,他的定是有味的、为劣士所习的;所谓劣士,即指凡夫。“味”,是依于世间而非圣道,因此这种定是非圣的、为劣士所习的。然而,凡是不以圣者之行相如实了知、如实见者,他便舍弃证得;凡是依据圣定、无味、不为劣士所习而被引导者——其中,非劣士即指圣者——凡是为他们所习的定,就是不为劣士所习的。因此,对于“我是此”这一应分别解答的问题,不观者便如此舍弃。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti yo samanupassati, so ca kho adhimattena lokikā yaṃ bhūmiyaṃ na tu ariyena payogena so sakkāyadiṭṭhi pajahati. Yaṃ vuccati tajjāya bhūmiyā adhimattāya. Tattha tajjāya bhūmiyaṃ pañcahi ākārehi adhimattataṃ paṭilabhati sīlena vatena bāhussaccena samādhinā nekkhammasukhena. Tattha appatte pattasaññī adhimānaṃ gaṇhāti. Etasmiṃyeva vatthuppattiyaṃ bhagavā idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsati. Sīlavā vatamattenāti. Tattha yo appatte pattasaññī tassa yo samādhi, so sāmiso kāpurisasevito pana so kāpurisā vuccanti puthujjanā. Āmisaṃ yañca ariyamaggamāgamma lokikā anariyaṃ tena samādhi hoti anariyo kāpurisasevito. Yo pana ariyākārena yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati , so adhigamanaṃ pajahati yo ariyena samādhinā akāpurisasevitena nirāmisena nīyati, tattha akāpurisā vuccanti ariyapuggalā. Yo tehi sevito samādhi, so akāpurisasevito. Tasmā ekaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassanto tathā pāteti.
其中,什么是回转?依此见地,应断的烦恼即被断除;即使世尊未予指明,也应予以指明。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Imāya dassanabhūmiyā kilesā pahātabbā, tehi pahīyanti aniddiṭṭhāpi bhagavatā niddisitabbā yo.
其中,什么是异名?凡对身见执持为我见者,此即是地。那些应断的烦恼并未被断除;即使世尊未作指明,常见与断见即是边际见。凡非边际见者,即是常见。凡断见者,即是无见。凡常见者,即是无作见。这即是异名。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamaṃ vevacanaṃ? Yā sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā attadiṭṭhiyā. Ayaṃ bhūmi. Ye kilesā pahātabbā. Te appahīyanti aniddiṭṭhāpi bhagavatā sassatadiṭṭhi ca ucchedadiṭṭhi ca, sā pariyantadiṭṭhi ca. Yā apariyantadiṭṭhi ca, sā sassatadiṭṭhi ca. Yā ucchedadiṭṭhi, sā natthikā diṭṭhi. Yā sassatadiṭṭhi, sā akiriyadiṭṭhi. Idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
其中,什么是施设?爱依结缚的施设而被施设。道依证得的施设而被施设。根依证得的施设而被施设。其中,什么是进入?有身是苦,应以见断除;集是道;那些根则被指明于蕴、界、处之中。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Taṇhā saṃyojanapaññattiyā paññattā. Maggo paṭilābhapaññattiyā paññatto. Indriyā paṭilābhapaññattiyā paññattāti. Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Sakkāyo dukkhaṃ dassanappahātabbo. Samudayo maggo. Indriyāni tāni ca niddiṭṭhāni khandhadhātuāyatanesu.
此中,何为净化之范畴?世尊宣说此经所依据者,即依彼而阐明。此中,何为资具?名色的因缘,识亦是因、是种子。因此,无明与行为缘。还灭之理,非余异门;一切有,以及一切有的因——他物为缘。如是,正见、从他闻与如理作意是缘。所生之慧,此为正见之因;正思惟生起;彼正定,此即资具。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yañhi ārabbha bhagavatā idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsitaṃ, so ārabbha niddiṭṭho. Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Nāmarūpassa hetupaccayopi viññāṇaṃ hetu bījaṃ. Tena avijjā ca saṅkhārā ca paccayo. Nivattinayo na aparo pariyāyo sabbabhavo, ye ca sabbabhavassa hetu parabhaṇḍapaccayo iti sammādiṭṭhi parato ca ghoso yoniso ca manasikāro paccayo . Yā paññā uppādeti, esā hetu sammādiṭṭhiyā sammāsaṅkappo bhavati, yā sammāsamādhi , ayaṃ parikkhāro.
此中,什么是确立?即于‘我是此’不观者,从苦、从病……乃至十五句。‘世尊,戒有何目的?有何功德?’‘阿难,戒以不悔为目的,乃至解脱。’其中,义有二种:人义与句义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? ‘‘Ayamahamasmī’’ti asamanupassī dukkhato rogato…pe… pannarasa padāni. Sīlāni bhagavā kimatthiyāni kimānisaṃsāni. Sīlāni, ānanda, avippaṭisāratthāni yāva vimutti. Tattha duvidho attho – purisattho ca vacanattho ca.
91 此中,什么是人义?那不生追悔,即是不悔,此为人义。如同有人增长、修习此义,他当说:‘我于此有所依凭,为此目的,我着手此业。’此为人义。显示巴利原文
91. Tattha katamo purisattho? Yāyaṃ na pacchānutāpitā ayaṃ avippaṭisāro, ayaṃ purisattho. Yathā koci brūhayati imatthamāsevati so bhaṇeyya, kiñci mamettha adhīnaṃ tassatthāya idaṃ kiriyaṃ ārabhāmīti. Ayaṃ purisattho.
其中,什么是词义?诸戒是身善行或语善行,是无悔。这里,只是对戒与行的说明。无别的善逝业性,即善行,这就是无悔。如此,乃至解脱,每一句中有两种义——人义与词义,如同在此经中,于一切经中都有两种义。这便是胜义与最上义。凡依止于证得涅槃而自身应证得的,那称为'所作已办'。这又了知同义词,由此获得相应之义,即是词义。其中,凡弟子所希求之义,其所得,这是人义。凡世尊所开示的法,对那法的义解,这是义。其中,诸戒的无悔既是义也是功德。而这功德即是:不堕恶趣。正如世尊所说:'这功德是,于法善行者不堕恶趣',这便是义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vacanattho? Sīlāni kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā sucaritaṃ avippaṭisāroti. Tattha sīlassa vatassa ca bhāsoyeva. Anaññā sugatakammatā sucaritaṃ ayaṃ avippaṭisāro. Evaṃ yāva vimuttīti ekamekasmiṃ pade dve atthā – purisattho ca vacanattho ca, yathā imamhi sutte evaṃ sabbesu suttesu dve dve atthā. Ayaṃ hi paramattho uttamattho ca. Yaṃ nibbānasacchikaṃ nissāya yaṃ sakaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ bhavati, so vuccati katassa katthoti. Ayaṃ puna vevacanaṃ sampajānāti. Iminā niyuttatthamabhilabbhanti vacanattho. Tattha yaṃ atthaṃ sāvako abhikaṅkhati. Tassa yo paṭilābho, ayaṃ purisattho. Yaṃ yaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti, tassa tassa dhammassa yā atthaviññatti. Ayaṃ attho, tattha sīlānaṃ avippaṭisāro atthopi ānisaṃsopi. Eso ca ānisaṃso yaṃ duggatiṃ na gacchati. Yathā taṃ bhagavatā esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī, ayaṃ attho.
什么是辩别?即以我见、我执见为依止的见地,这就是地。应断烦恼者虽尚未断除,世尊当破除其关于常见、断见以及极端见。什么是极端见?即不持极端见,此为常见。什么是断见?即无有见。什么是常见?即不作为见。这便是辩别者所说。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ puriso bhāvanābhūmiyaṃ sīlāni ārabbha sīlena saṃyutto hoti evaṃ yāva vimutti tathā sīlakkhandho. Tattha yo ca avippaṭisāro anusayavasena niddiṭṭho, tañca sīlaṃ ayaṃ sīlakkhandho. Pāmojjapītipassaddhīti ca samādhindriyena, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ paññākkhandho. Ime tayo khandhā sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca tathā sīlaṃ paripūreti yaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ tena kāraṇena so sīlaṃ paripūreti, anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya vāyamati, uppannassa ca pahānāya anuppannassa ca kusalassa uppādāya, uppannassa ca kusalassa bhiyyobhāvāya iti vīriyindriyaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ. Tattha yo samādhikkhandho , idaṃ samādhindriyaṃ. Paññākkhandho paññindriyaṃ, taṃ catūsu sammappadhānesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā yo anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya vāyamati, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ. Yaṃ uppannassa, idaṃ dutiyaṃ. Cattāri sammappadhānāni catūsu jhānesu passitabbāni. Tathā sīlakkhandhena nekkhammadhātu ca adhikā , tayo ca vitakkā nekkhammavitakko abyāpādavitakko avihiṃsāvitakko ca. Sādhāraṇabhūtā. Yā piyāyamānassa pāmojjena idaṃ kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ ānitaṃ aniyamītipemena, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yo tattha avikkhepo, ayaṃ samādhi. Idaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ. Yā cetasikā passaddhi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ virodhanaṃ, yo kileso ca paridāho, so paṭhame jhāne niruddho. Tathā yā ca kilesapassaddhi yā ca vitakkavicārānaṃ passaddhi, ubhayepi ete dhamme passaddhāyaṃ. Tattha kāyassa cittassa ca sukhaṃ sukhāyanā, idaṃ pītisukhino passaddhi. Yopi ekodibhāvo cittassa, tena ekodibhāvena yaṃ cittassa ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ, idaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṅgaṃ. Iti ajjhattañca sampasādo cetaso ca ekodibhāvo pīti ca sukhañca, idaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ caturaṅgikaṃ. Yo passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, tena adhimattena sukhena pharitvā sukhaṃ cetasikaṃ yaṃ, so pītivītarāgo evaṃ tassa pītivītarāgatāya upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. So pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. Sukhañca paṭisaṃvedeti. Sati ca sammā paññāya paṭilabhati. Sace sati ekaggatā idaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ. Yaṃ sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, ayaṃ ekaggatāya parāvidhānabhāgiyā, paṭhame jhāne atthi cittekaggatā no cakkhussa vedanā sabbaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchati. Yathā catutthe jhāne, tathā yā upekkhā passambhayaṃ satisampajaññaṃ cittekaggatā ca, idaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
92 如同定应被显示,慧根应在四圣谛中见。得定者如实了知,那了知有四种:从不净、从苦、从无我。凡所缘,那是苦圣谛;凡了知而厌离、解脱者,如是,欲漏的断除、有漏的断除、见漏的断除、无明漏的断除,这是灭;在未断地,则是漏的集。此四圣谛应如慧根而见。如此得定者如实了知,这是见地。须陀洹果,如实了知而厌离,这是薄地。欲贪与嗔恚的薄少,是斯陀含果;凡厌离、离染,这是初禅修习地与离贪的心解脱,阿那含果。凡解脱、得解脱,这是离无明的慧解脱,阿罗汉果。这些,无悔与精进根,四正勤,无悔乃至上至定,如是四禅与定根,凡得定者如实了知。这四念处,依戒圆满与舍相应,及洞察之相的无浊心,这是念根,四念处。又,在此法说中,于三处以见至根与断烦恼而有学戒,这是信根。四预流支与果。定根应于一切经中随顺宣说。凡得禅那,以精进所持之智随念,这是闻所成慧。凡定,有前后相光明,以无碍行而如所欲者,这是思所成慧。凡如是得定者如实了知,这是修所成慧。这是经释。显示巴利原文
92. Yathā samādhi dassayitabbaṃ, tathā paññindriyaṃ taṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu passitabbaṃ. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, sā pajānanā catubbidhā asubhato dukkhato anattato ca, yadārammaṇaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, yaṃ pajānanto nibbindati vimuccati tathā yaṃ kāmāsavassa pahānaṃ bhavāsavassa diṭṭhāsavassa avijjāsavassa, ayaṃ nirodho appahīnabhūmiyaṃ āsavasamudayo. Imāni cattāri ariyasaccāni yathā paññindriyaṃ passitabbaṃ. Yathāyaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dassanabhūmi. Sotāpattiphalañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindatīti, idaṃ tanukañca. Kāmarāgabyāpādaṃ sakadāgāmiphalañca yaṃ nibbindati virajjati, ayaṃ paṭhamajjhānabhāvanābhūmi ca rāgavirāgā cetovimutti anāgāmiphalañca. Yaṃ vimutti vimuccati, ayaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti arahattañca. Ime avippaṭisārā ca vīriyindriyañca cattāro sammappadhānā avippaṭisārā tañca upari yāva samādhi, evaṃ te cattāri jhānāni samādhindriyañca yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā sīlapāripūrimupādāya cāgasaṃhitena ca nibbedhikānañca nimittānaṃ anāvilamanā, idaṃ satindriyaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Yaṃ puna imāya dhammadesanāya tīsu ṭhānesu diṭṭhogamanakindriyaṃ kilesapahānena ca sekkhasīlaṃ, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Cattāri ca sotāpattiyaṅgāni phalāni. Samādhindriyāni sopaniyāhārīni sabbasuttesu niddisitabbāni. Yaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilabhanaṃ vīriyagahitaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ paṭissarato, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā. Yo samādhi pubbāparanimittābhāso anomagatitāya yathākāmo, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā, yaṃ tathāsamāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
本经是通达分、以觉为因、所应觉知的。凡具足哪些支分,便能依之觉知,故称觉支。同样,从最初乃至戒、誓愿、思惟皆应作,何以故?为圆满诸戒。为令未生恶不生、已生恶断除、未生善生起、已生善增广,此精进即是彼彼所觉的支分,此即精进觉支。依此精进,最初有二法:无悔与喜悦;由之生喜,以无悔为缘、以喜悦为缘,此即喜觉支。当具喜心者身得轻安时,此即轻安觉支。由身乐所引,乐者心得定时,此即定觉支。定者如实了知时,此即择法觉支。依戒而持,随顺五觉支的相状,于喜分与胜分无散乱,俱行而无退道,此即念觉支。于如实了知时,若作过度精进,则称掉举地;若作不足精进,则称懈怠地,为所呵责;以缺支而觉知眼寂止道者,彼即是舍。因此,彼舍即是觉支的支分,故称舍觉支。这是经的释义。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ bujjhakāradhikaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ. Yehi aṅgehi samannāgataṃ taṃ bujjhissanti tassa aṅgāni bujjhissanti, tena bojjhaṅgā. Tathā ādito yāva sīlaṃ vataṃ cetanā karaṇīyā, kissa sīlāni pāripūreti. Anuppannassa ca akusalassa anuppādāya uppannassa ca akusalassa pahānāya anuppannassa kusalassa uppādāya uppannassa ca kusalassa bhiyyobhāvāya, idaṃ vīriyaṃ tassa tassa bujjhitassa aṅganti. Ayaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo. Iminā vīriyena dve dhammā ādito avippaṭisāro pāmojjañca yā puna pīti avippaṭisārapaccayā pāmojjapaccayā, ayaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Ayaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgo. Tena kāyikasukhamānitaṃ yaṃ sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, ayaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo. Yā sīlamupādāya pañcannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ upādāyānulomatā nimittāyanā pītibhāgiyānañca visesabhāgiyānañca apilāpanatā sahagatā hoti anavamaggo, ayaṃ satisambojjhaṅgo. Yaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, accāraddhavīriyaṃ karoti. Uddhaccabhūmīti katā abhipatthitaṃ peseti. Kosajjabhūmīti garahito rahitehi aṅgehi bujjhati yaṃ cakkhusamathapathaṃ, sā upekkhāti. Tena sā upekkhā tassa bojjhaṅgassa aṅganti karitvā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgoti vuccate. Eso suttaniddeso.
93 93. 其中,何为教说?此经中宣说了四圣谛。其中,何为简择?从具戒者之无悔乃至解脱,就“有何义利”之问,两句为问,两句为答,以两句说明二种证智,又以两句作答。所问为何?无恼害之身地、业之基础,如是建立无学诸法。其中,何为理趣?具戒者有无悔,离欲者有离贪,此即理趣。其中,何为近因?精进是精进根的近因,定是定根的近因,慧是慧根的近因。精进是无嗔的近因,定是无贪的近因,慧是无痴的近因。精进根是正语、正业、正命这三道支的近因。定根是正思惟、正语、正定这三道支的近因。慧根是正念与正见这二道支的近因。显示巴利原文
93. Tattha katamā desanā? Asmiṃ sutte cattāri ariyasaccāni desitāni. Tattha katamo vicayo? Sīlavato avippaṭisāro yāva vimutti imissāya pucchāya minikimatthassamīti dve padāni pucchā dve padāni visajjanāni dvīhi padehi dve abhiññaṃ dvīhi ceva padehi visajjanā kiṃ pucchati nibbādhikaṃ kāyabhūmiṃ kammassa tathā hi patiṭṭhā ca asekkhe dhamme uppādeti. Tattha katamā yutti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāro bhavati kiṃ nicchandassa ca virāgo atthi esā yutti. Tattha katamaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ? Vīriyaṃ vīriyindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Samādhi samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vīriyaṃ adosassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Samādhi alobhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññā amohassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vīriyindriyaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāvācāya sammākammantassa sammāājīvassa. Samādhindriyaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāsaṅkappassa sammāvācāya sammāsamādhino. Paññindriyaṃ dvinnaṃ maggaṅgānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sammāsatiyā sammādiṭṭhiyā ca.
其中,何为相?当说戒蕴时,即已总说三蕴。戒如磐石喻,犹如磐石不为一切敌对所动,如是彼心不为一切烦恼所动,此是无痴。于可染处离染,此是无贪。于可忿处不忿,此是无嗔。其中,慧即无痴善根,无贪即无贪,无嗔即无嗔。以此三善根安住于有学地者,生起无学道。于有学地生起具足业法,即是正解脱与解脱智见,此十种为无学阿罗汉法。其中,依八支道亦成就四种修习:戒修习、身修习、心修习、慧修习。其中,以正业、正命修身;以正语、正精进修戒;以正思惟、正定修心;以正见、正念修慧。由此四种修习,二法达至修习圆满:心与慧。心修习即是止,慧修习即是观。其中,慧以断无明,令心不与随烦恼相杂。慧修习即令心修习圆满。如是,心善修习者,苦从何来?再者,那位尊者心倾向于无恚界,入彼定后,不起思惟造作,于思惟所分别之身不感受苦,此是经义。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Sīlakkhandhe vutte sabbe tayo khandhā vuttā bhavanti, sīlameva hi selopamatā yathā selo sabbapaccatthikehi akaraṇīyo evaṃ taṃ cittaṃ sabbakilesehi na kampatīti, ayaṃ amoho. Virattaṃ rajanīyesūti ayaṃ alobho. Kopaneyye na kuppatīti ayaṃ adoso. Tattha paññā amoho kusalamūlaṃ, alobho alobhoyeva, adoso adosoyeva. Imehi tīhi kusalamūlehi sekkhabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito asekkhamaggaṃ uppādeti. Sekkhabhūmi sampattikammadhamme uppādeti, sā ca sammāvimutti, yañca vimuttirasañāṇadassanaṃ ime dasa asekkhānaṃ arahattaṃ dhammā. Tattha aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena catubbidhā bhāvanāpi labbhati. Sīlabhāvanā kāyabhāvanā cittabhāvanā paññābhāvanā ca. Tattha sammākammantena sammāājīvena ca kāyo bhāvito. Sammāvācāya sammāvāyāmena ca sīlaṃ bhāvitaṃ. Sammāsaṅkappena sammāsamādhinā ca cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhiyā sammāsatiyā ca paññā bhāvitā. Imāya catubbidhāya bhāvanāya dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti cittaṃ paññañca. Cittaṃ bhāvanāya samatho, paññā bhāvanāya vipassanā. Tattha paññā avijjāpahānena cittaṃ upakkilesehi amissīkatanti. Paññā bhāvanāya cittabhāvanaṃyeva paripūreti. Evaṃ yassa subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti. Api ca kho pana tassa āyasmato abyāpādadhātu adhimuttā, na so petaṃ samāpanno tassa saṅkhāpahāraṃ deti, saṅkhāvitakkite sarīre dukkhaṃ na vediyati, ayaṃ suttattho.
94 其中,什么是教说?在此经中,宣说了十种无学阿拉汉法以及无量的正显了。其中,什么是简择?如磐石喻,凡能感受乐苦的诸法,对观无相者而言,这一切皆已止息,身的受用不再转起,所以不感受苦。其中,什么是理趣?即“心如是修习者,苦从何来”。在三种修习——心修习、灭修习与无间定修习中,苦不侵入其心。由此,“心如是修习者”之定乃是果的近因。显示巴利原文
94. Tattha katamā desanā? Imamhi sutte dasa asekkhā arahattadhammā desitā appamāṇā ca sammā vibhāvanā. Tattha katamo vicayo? Selopamatā ye ye dhammā vedanīyasukhadukkhopagatā, te sabbe nirūpaṃ vānupassantānaṃ vūpagatā kāyato vedayitaparikkhāro appavattito dukkhaṃ na vediyati. Tattha katamā yutti, yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti. Tīsu bhāvanāsu dukkhaṃ nakkhamati cittaṃ cittabhāvanāya ca. Nirodhabhāvanāya ca ānantarikā samādhibhāvanāya ca. Iti yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittanti samādhi phalassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是相?“心如是修习者”,即如前所说,心、慧、戒、身、心皆已修习。戒也已善加修习,因身与心的安住性故,不为所动;受也是如此,想也是如此,诸行也是如此。“苦从何来”,即乐亦不随之而来,不苦不乐亦不前来。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittanti cittāni bhāvitāni yathā paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhāni paññā sīlaṃ kāyo cittaṃ, sīlampi subhāvitaṃ kāyikacetasikañca ṭhitattā nānupakampatīti vedanāpi tathā saññāpi saṅkhārāpi. Kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti sukhampi nānugacchati, adukkhamasukhampi nāgatanti.
其中,什么是四广说?在此,世尊的用意是什么?那些多苦之人,将会缺少这类等至。这是世尊在此的用意。而那些未生信者,将会生信;已生信者的喜悦将会增长,这也是世尊在此的用意。所谓“退转”,即不存在退转的余地。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye dukkhena adhikā bhavissanti, te evarūpāhi samāpattīhi virahissanti. Ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ye ca appasannā, te hi bhavissanti, pasannānañca pītipāmojjaṃ bhavissati, ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Āvaṭṭoti natthi āvaṭṭanassa bhūmi.
“分别”,即“如此修习的心,苦从何来?”这有双重解释:苦因的解释与对治的解释。何为苦因?苦由此而来。当说到对治时,其余诸法皆以戒为因、为缘,则一切法都已说明。当宣说一菩提分法时,一切趣向菩提之法都已说明。显示巴利原文
Vibhattīti yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti duvidho niddeso – dukkhahetuniddeso ca paṭipakkhaniddeso ca. Ko so dukkhahetu? Yato dukkhaṃ āgacchati paṭipakkhe vutte sesadhammānaṃ sīlaṃ hetu ca paccayo ca, te sabbe dhammā vuttā honti. Ekabodhipakkhiye dhamme vutte sabbe bodhagamanīyā dhammā vuttā bhavanti.
此处,什么是四广说(趣)?在这部经中,世尊的用意是什么?那些以无恶作为欲求的人,他们将成就戒的圆满;以喜悦为欲求的人,他们将成就无恶作的圆满。这是世尊在此的用意……这是四广说(趣)。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye avippaṭisārena chandikā, te sīlapāripūrī bhavanti pāmojjachandikā avippaṭisārīpāripūrī, ayamettha bhagavato adhippāyo…pe… ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
此处,什么是退转?这部经是决判分。什么是决判?即是灭。以什么来决判?即是道。决判什么?即是苦。由决判之道所断除的是什么?即被称为集。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ. Yo nibbedho, ayaṃ nirodho. Yena nibbijjhati, so maggo. Yaṃ nibbijjhati, taṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ nibbedhagāminā maggena pahīyati, samudayoyaṃ vutto.
此处,什么是分别?对于“具戒者无恶作”,应作分别解说。若执取者,则无有“无恶作”,只要他以身或语造作不善,即属作恶。他或许这样想:“这是善作,这是善行。”若不因此无恶作而生起喜悦乃至解脱,则此具戒者的“无恶作”——应作如此分别解说,此是分别教理。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ, parāmasantassa natthi avippaṭisāro yāva dosakataṃ kāyena vā vācāya vā akusalaṃ ārabhati. Kiñcipissa evaṃ hoti ‘‘sukatametaṃ sucaritametaṃ no cassa tena avippaṭisārena pāmojjaṃ jāyati yāva vimutti, tassa sīlavato avippaṭisāro’’ti vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ, ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
此处,什么是转起?依此七种随顺成就,于分别中,舍断者舍断十一种随顺,此名为转起。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā parivattanā? Imehi sattahi upanisāsampattīhi ekādasa upanisā vibhattiyaṃ pajahānaṃ pajahanti, ayaṃ parivattanā.
此处,什么是异门?对于这些圣法、力、觉支、解脱、定、等至,这些即是异门。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vevacanā? Imesaṃ ariyadhammānaṃ balabojjhaṅgavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ imāni vevacanāni.
此处,什么是施设?“具戒者无恶作”,这是在戒蕴中以出离施设而施设的;坐处施设也是如此。如是,十支是两两为支而施设的。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti sīlakkhandhe nekkhammapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, nisajjapaññatti ca evaṃ dasa aṅgāni dvīhi dvīhi aṅgehi paññattāni.
此处,什么是随入?此决判分经已随入五法之中,如最初所指示,应于根等蕴、界、处中如是指示。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyasuttaṃ pañcasu otiṇṇaṃ yathā yaṃ paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ evamindriyādikhandhadhātuāyatanesu niddisitabbāni.
此处,什么是清净理趣?“具戒者无恶作”,此时发勤尚未清净;“无恶作者有喜悦”,此时发勤亦未清净。乃至所示十一语具足,彼时发勤方为清净。此即清净理趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Sīlavato avippaṭisāroti na tāva suddho ārambho avippaṭisārino pāmojjanti na tāva suddho ārambho yāni ekādasa padāni desitāni yadā tadā suddho ārambho, ayaṃ sodhano.
此处,什么是决意?由戒的差别所施设的这十种语,皆是戒蕴的功德;而住于适处是缘,自我正誓愿是因;定蕴之乐是因,轻安是缘,由此是禅那俱生之处,而禅支是另一种方式;于诸欲中见患难,是定的缘;于出离中见利益,是因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Sīlavemattatāya paññattaṃ evaṃ dasa padāni sabbāni sīlakkhandhassa ānisaṃso, te ca patirūpadesavāso ca paccayo attasammāpaṇidhānañca hetu, samādhikkhandhassa sukhaṃ hetu passaddhi paccayo, yena jhānasahajāti ca ṭhānanti jhānaṅgā aparo pariyāyo kāmesu ādīnavānupassanā samādhino paccayo nekkhamme ānisaṃsadassāvitā hetu.
此处,什么是总摄?精进根即是戒蕴;戒即是四正勤;法随法行即是别解脱律仪。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā samāropanā? Yaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ, so sīlakkhandho. Yaṃ sīlaṃ, te cattāro dhammā padhānā. Yaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipatti, so pātimokkhasaṃvaro.
95 “其心如石”之颂:“如石”,是指犹如石头不被风所动摇,不被热、寒所震颤。犹如众多无思之物,为热所枯萎,为寒所干缩,为风所碎裂。石头则不然:对于已离贪者,于可染处离贪,于可嗔处不嗔恨,其原因在于,于可嗔处不生忧恼;不为嗔所动,不为寒所干缩。如是,心不为贪随眠所动,不为寒所动。为何如此?于可染处已离贪。为何如此?于可嗔处不嗔恨。不嗔恨者不会愤怒,不愤怒者便不动摇。如此修习之心,苦从何处说起?这样的苦又从何降临?这已作了说明。显示巴利原文
95. Yassa selopamaṃ cittanti gāthā , selopamanti upamā yathā selo vātena na kampati na uṇhena na sītena saṃkampati. Yathā anekā acetanā, te uṇhena milāyanti, sītena avasussanti, vātena bhajanti. Na evaṃ selo virattaṃ rajanīyesu dosanīye na dussatīti kāraṇaṃ dosanīye domanassantaṃ, na duṭṭhena vā kampati uṇhena vā, so milāyati sītena vā avasussati, evaṃ cittaṃ rāgena nānussati sītena kampatīti. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Virattaṃ rajanīyesu dosanīye na dussati. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Dosanīye panassanti na dussati, aduṭṭhaṃ taṃ na kosissanti, tena kuppanīye na kuppati, yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkhaniddeso ca kuto evarūpassa dukkhaṃ āgamissatīti niddiṭṭhaṃ.
所谓“转起”,即“此苦从何而来?”——指那有余依的俱生心乐于此中无有,那无余依的俱生心乐于此中则有。诸师又如此说:“彼一刹那、彼一须臾,二者俱非所觉受:有余依与非有余依;彼一刹那、彼一须臾,非有余依与有余依皆非所觉受。”证得此乐者,便不退转,此即此处之殊胜,故名为转起。显示巴利原文
Parivattanāti kuto taṃ dukkhamessatīti yaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ anupādisesā ayaṃ natthi sopādisesā ayaṃ atthi. Puna evamāhaṃsu taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ ubhayameva avedayitaṃ sopādisesaṃ yañca anupādisesaṃ yañca taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ anupādisesaṃ yañca sopādisesaṃ ca avedayitaṃ. Sukhamāpannassa anāvattikanti ayamettha viseso parivattanā.
此处,何为异门?即:所以如此修习之心,或说已修习、善修习、已生起、成为所依、善加策励。所言“心”者,即是意、识、意根、意识界。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ vā bhāvitaṃ subhāvitaṃ anuṭṭhitaṃ vatthukataṃ susamāraddhaṃ. Cittanti mano viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu.
此处,何为施设安立?心、意、诸行,依寂灭的假名而安立。定,依无学的假名而安立。苦,依已断的假名而安立。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Cittaṃ mano saṅkhārā vūpasamapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Samādhi asekkhapaññattiyā paññatto. Dukkhaṃ ucchinnapaññattiyā paññattaṃ.
其中,什么是‘进入’呢?当说到了心时,五蕴便被说及,这是于蕴中的进入;当说到了意识界时,十八界便被说及,这是于界中的进入。当说到了意处时,一切处便被说及。在此,意处是名色的近因。以名色为缘而有六处,在缘起中也是如此。这便是‘进入’。其中,什么是‘净化’呢?就是单纯的起始。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Citte niddiṭṭhe pañcakkhandhā niddiṭṭhā honti, ayaṃ khandhesu otaraṇo, manoviññāṇadhātuyā niddiṭṭhāya aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo niddiṭṭhā honti, ayaṃ dhātūsu otaraṇo. Manāyatane niddiṭṭhe sabbāni āyatanāni niddiṭṭhāni honti. Tattha manāyatanaṃ nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ. Tathā paṭiccasamuppāde. Ayaṃ otaraṇo. Tattha katamo sodhano suddhoyeva ārambho.
其中,什么是‘安立’呢?六根的修习被安立于同一性,依六种成分而安立身为同一性。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Chaḷindriyaṃ bhāvanā ekattāyaṃ paññatti chaṭṭhitena kāyo ekattāya paññatto.
其中,什么是‘资具’呢?为令心由此前因生起,而以作意及心向其倾注;又因在未得安止的阶位上那些殊胜法尚未修习,故心持续流转。若说定之乐是因,无悔是缘,那么这因、这缘便是资具。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Cittassa pubbahetu samuppādāya manasikāro ca tappoṇatā ca yaṃ asamāhitabhūmiyaṃ ca visesadhammānaṃ abhāvitattā cittasatataṃ gacchati, sace samādhino sukhaṃ hetu avippaṭisāro paccayo, ayaṃ hetu ayaṃ paccayo parikkhāro.
其中,什么是‘安立’?即对‘如此修习者’——应将那些法安立于他。身、戒、慧、已修习之心,不耽著、不倾向、不种种、不随顺、不违犯,这是共住处的名称;并非那位有学者的正定,一切无学的十种阿罗汉法已被指出。这是属于无学分的经典。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā samāropanā? Yassevaṃ bhāvitanti tassa dhammā samāropayitabbā. Kāyo sīlaṃ paññā bhāvitacittanti anabhirataṃ anapaṇataṃ anekaṃ anutaṃ anāpajjāsattaṃ ayaṃ samaññāyatanā na tassa sekkhassa sammāsamādhi sabbe asekkhā dasa arahantadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Asekkhabhāgiyāni suttāni.
96 96. 尊者!若身至念确实未修习,此人便可能在冒犯、触恼、不回避某位同梵行者后,踏上人间游行之路。而那位尊者于此却声称:他声称两种了知——于心修习中舍断见,于身修习中舍断见;于身修习中亦舍断渴爱。他作出第一个譬喻:犹如大地对于清净与不净之物既不厌恶、不嫌弃,亦不因此得喜悦;同样,我以如大地般平等之心,随顺、少分、无嗔、无害而住。那位尊者如此声称什么?他声称于身修习中舍断乐根,于心修习中舍断悦根。他拒绝伴随贪随眠的身受之乐根。因为在受蕴中,凡是心所生的乐受,皆于此因得而生起乐与悦。他拒绝的是耳根,而非意触所生之受。其中,他宣说了于四大所造身中,舍断色蕴的随眠与嗔恚。于欲与色界,及于无学地。对于身,以身随观念住,以及现法乐住。以力与精进,全面作意后,舍断彼法,此即是以装饰性、丈夫、庄严之事而作;由此,他观察此父母所生之身;他以身与身随观、以心与心随观,持守二法。他声称以身与心为所依、以善修习之心,断除身的烦恼事,并安住于七种等至。显示巴利原文
96. Yassa nūna, bhante, kāyagatāsati abhāvitā, ayaṃ so aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja samāpajja appaṭinisajja janapadacārikaṃ pakkameyya, so āyasmā imasmiṃ vippaṭijānāti dve pajāni paṭijānāti cittabhāvanāyañca diṭṭhiyā pahānaṃ, kāyabhāvanāyañca diṭṭhippahānaṃ, kāyabhāvanāyañca taṇhāpahānaṃ, yaṃ paṭhamaṃ upamaṃ karoti. Asucināpi sucināpi pathavī neva aṭṭiyati na jigucchati na pītipāmojjaṃ paṭilabhati, evameva hi pathavīsamena so cetasā anvayena appakena averena abyāpajjena viharāmīti. Iti so āyasmā kiṃ paṭijānāti, kāyabhāvanāya sukhindriyapahānaṃ paṭijānāti, cittabhāvanāya somanassindriyapahānaṃ paṭijānāti. Kāyikā vedanā rāgānusayamanugatānaṃ sukhindriyaṃ paṭikkhipati. Na hi vedanākkhandhaṃ yā cetasikā sukhavedanā tattha ayaṃ paṭilābhapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ. Sotaṃ paṭikkhipati, na hi manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ. Tattha catūsu mahābhūtesu rūpakkhandhassa anusayapaṭighapahānaṃ bhaṇati. Kāme rūpañca tañca asekkhabhūmiyaṃ. Kāye kāyānupassanā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārañca. Balena ca ussāhena ca sabbaṃ manasi katattānaṃ pahānaṃ medaṃ katālikāya ca purisena ca maṇḍanakajātikena ca, etehi imassa mātāpitusambhūtaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ, so kāyena ca kāyānupassanāya ca cittena ca cittānupassanāya ca dve dhamme dhāreti. Kāyakilesavatthuṃ cittena ca cittasannissaye cittena subhāvitena sattannaṃ ca samāpattīnaṃ viharituṃ paṭijānāti.
以居士子譬喻来说:如居士子拥有一个装满种种颜色衣服的箱子,他无论在何时想要哪一套衣服,上午便能在上午穿上,中午、傍晚也是如此;同样,那位尊者由于心已善修习,无论想在上午以何种方式安住,便能在上午以那种方式安住,在中午、傍晚也是如此。因此,那位尊者以自身所依的譬喻,以修习之心,成就了地遍乃至更高的根修习。由此,那位尊者声称此八种修习:于四大所造身中,身修习如旃陀罗人;心修习也是如此;以这些修习及彼修习,以止的圆满为终极。以此四种,以慧的圆满为终极。显示巴利原文
Gahapatiputtopamatāya ca yathā gahapatiputtassa nānāraṅgānaṃ vatthakaraṇḍako puṇṇo bhaveyya, so yaṃ yadeva vatthayugaṃ pubbaṇhasamaye ākaṅkhati, pubbaṇhasamaye nibbāpeti, evaṃ majjhanhikasamaye, sāyanhasamaye, evameva so āyasmā cittassa subhāvitattā yathārūpena vihārena ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tathārūpena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharati, majjhanhikasamaye, sāyanhasamaye. Tena vesa āyasmatā upamāya me āsitāya pathavī vā anuttarā indriyabhāvanā bhāvitacittena. Tena so āyasmā idaṃ aṭṭhavidhaṃ bhāvanaṃ paṭijānāti catūsu mahābhūtesu, kāyabhāvanaṃ upakacaṇḍālaṃ purisametakaṃ bhavatalākāsu cittabhāvanaṃ, imāhi bhāvanāhi tāya bhāvanāya ca samathā pāripūrimantehi. Imehi catūhi paññāpāripūrimantehi.
97 如何于可厌法中,住于不可厌想?身体本性不可厌,然而依膨胀想等略说九种想——这些是可厌法;那位尊者却于可厌中不起嫌弃,专心修习身至念而住,他的心虽离嫌弃,却无厌恶。显示巴利原文
97. Kathaṃ upakacaṇḍālaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Kāyo pakatiyā appaṭikūlaṃ kāye uddhumātakasaññā saṃkhittena nava saññā ime paṭikūlā dhammā ceso āyasmā paṭikūlato ajigucchito kāyagatāsatiyā bhāvanānuyogamanuyutto viharati, na hi tassa jigucchappahāya cittaṃ paṭikūlati.
如何于不可厌法中,住于可厌想?身体对一切世间而言本不可厌,那位尊者却以不净想而住。就这样,他于不可厌法中,住于可厌想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharatīti? Kāyo sabbalokassa appaṭikūlo taṃ so āyasmā asubhasaññāya viharati. Evaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌与不可厌法中,住于不可厌想?纵使这剃发持钵、逐家乞食的行为,那位尊者无论面对妙色还是劣色,都以不可厌想之心与身,以伴随厌离的不可厌想而住。就这样,他于可厌与不可厌法中,住于不可厌想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlasaññī viharatīti api sabboyaṃ lokassa yamidaṃ muṇḍo pattapāṇī kulesu piṇḍāya vicarati, tena ca so āyasmā suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇena appaṭikūlasaññī cittena ca kāyena nibbidāsahagatena appaṭikūlasaññī, evaṃ paṭikūlesu appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法中安住不厌想?若人对可厌的女人相起净想,对可厌的青瘀、脓烂相起厌弃想,则彼尊者即于此安住可厌想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu subhasaññino itthirūpe paṭikūlesu ca jigucchino vinīlakavipubbake tattha so āyasmā paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法中,回避彼两者而安住于舍,具念、正知?若于不可厌的女人相起净想,于可厌的青瘀、脓烂相起厌弃想,回避此两者已,安住于“此非我所、此非我、此非我的我”。如是,回避彼两者而安住于舍,具念、正知。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati sato ca sampajāno ca? Appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu subhasaññino itthirūpe paṭikūlesu ca jigucchino vinīlakavipubbake tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā ‘netaṃ mama’‘nesohamasmi’‘neso me’ attāti viharati. Evaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.
另一种方式:一切愚痴凡夫对三界世间的安立,皆起不厌恶想。然尊者舍利弗于此却安住不厌恶想。如是,于不厌恶法中,安住厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Tedhātuko lokasannivāso sabbabālaputhujjanānaṃ appaṭikūlasaññā. Tattha ca āyasmā sāriputto appaṭikūlasaññī viharati. Evaṃ appaṭikūlesu dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于厌恶法中,以不厌恶想而安住?在此三界一切世间中,一切有学对厌恶法皆有厌恶想。其中,哪一位证得阶位、现证定果者,能以不厌恶想而安住?是何原因?因为并不存在为了断除世间而生起厌恶想的人。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Paṭikūlasaññino sabbasekkhā idha kā tedhātuke sabbaloke. Tattha katamo bhūmippatto samādhiphale sacchikato appaṭikūlasaññī viharati ? Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Na hi taṃ atthi yassa lokassa pahānāya paṭikūlasaññī uppādeyya.
如何于厌恶法与不厌恶法中,以厌恶想而安住?在三界世间的安立中,就欲界地而言,离欲者对诸欲的厌恶是平等的,对色界、无色界的不厌恶是平等的。其中,尊者舍利弗以厌恶想而安住。如此,即于厌恶法与不厌恶法中,以厌恶想而安住。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati? Tedhātuke lokasannivāse yāva kāmalokabhūmatā hi rāgānaṃ vītarāgānaṃ paṭikūlasamatā rūpārūpadhātuṃ appaṭikūlasamatā. Tattha ca āyasmā sāriputto paṭikūlasaññī viharati. Evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于厌恶法与不厌恶法中,以不厌恶想而安住?凡是从他人而来的恶言、恶语之语路,只要其言语不适当,那些言词即是不厌恶的,人们便有不厌恶想。其中,尊者舍利弗以证智作证后,以不厌恶想而安住。如此,即于厌恶法与不厌恶法中,以不厌恶想而安住。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Yaṃ kiñci parato duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ taṃ vacanaṃ appaṭikūlaṃ yāvatā vācaso appatirūpā tathā janassa appaṭikūlasaññā. Tattha āyasmā sāriputto abhiññāya sacchikato appaṭikūlasaññī viharati, evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
98 如何于可厌的法中安住于不厌弃想?在可厌的法中,正见者与厌弃者显现出不同的相貌——厌弃者容色丑陋、形相衰败。这位尊者比丘便于此安住于不厌弃想。显示巴利原文
98. Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno? Yañca nesaṃ samanupassati ye dhammā duccaritā, te dhammā appaṭikūlā. Tattha āyasmā sāriputto iti paṭisañcikkhati ye dhammā duccaritā, te dhammā aniṭṭhavipākā. Ye dhammā sucaritā, te ācayagāmino. So ca sucaritaṃ ācayagāminiṃ karitvā duccaritaṃ aniṭṭhavipākaṃ karitvā tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati.
复次,于可厌法与不可厌法中,以可厌想而住。渴爱是可厌法,是何原因?因为众生由渴爱而于二法成为众生:于段食,缘味渴爱而成为众生;于触,缘乐想而成为众生。于此,尊者舍利弗于段食以可厌想而住,于触以苦想而住。如是,于可厌法及不可厌法中,以可厌想而住。显示巴利原文
Atha paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlesu ca paṭikūlasaññī viharati. Taṇhā paṭikūladhammā kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Taṇhāvasena hi sattā dvīhi dhammehi sattā, kabaḷīkāre āhāre rasataṇhāya sattā, phasse sukhasaññāya sattā. Tatthāyasmā sāriputto kabaḷīkāre ca āhāre paṭikūlasaññī viharati, phasse ca dukkhasaññī viharati. Evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca paṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌法及不可厌法中,以不可厌想而住?渴爱的灭尽——即无上涅槃,愚痴凡夫对此生起可厌想及已断想。于此,尊者舍利弗以不可厌想及无嗔想,凭自己以慧照见后,如是于可厌法及不可厌法中,以不可厌想而住。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Taṇhākkhayaṃ anuttaraṃ nibbānaṃ tathā bālaputhujjanānaṃ paṭikūlasaññā pahatasaññā ca. Tatthāyasmato sāriputtassa appaṭikūlasaññā abyāpādasaññā ca sāmaṃ paññāya passitvā evaṃ paṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于可厌与不可厌法中,安住于不厌恶想?于第三涅槃,对名声与称誉有厌恶想者及不厌恶想者。在此,尊者舍利弗以正慧如实了知味、过患与出离后,舍离厌恶法与不厌恶法这两者,安住于不厌恶想。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlesu ca appaṭikūlesu ca dhammesu appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? Tatiye ca nibbāne paṭikūlasaññino yasena ca kittini ca appaṭikūlasaññino. Tatthāyasmā sāriputto assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ sammāpaññāya paṭijānanto paṭikūlañca appaṭikūlañca dhammaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā appaṭikūlasaññī viharati.
如何于厌恶法与不厌恶法中,舍离这两者后,以舍心安住,具念正知?他如此观察:随顺是不厌恶法,嗔恚是厌恶法。在此,尊者舍利弗由于已断除随顺与嗔恚,故以舍心安住,具念正知。他所观察的,即是这五种无上根的修习。这是对经文的释义。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ paṭikūlaṃ appaṭikūlañca dhammaṃ tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjayitvā upekkhako viharati? Sato ca sampajāno ca, yañca samanupassati anunayo appaṭikūlo dhammo paṭigho ca paṭikūlo dhammo, tatthāyasmā sāriputto anunayassa paṭighappahīnattā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno ca. Yañcassa samanupassati ayaṃ pañcavidhā anuttarā indriyabhāvanā. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
99 99. 其中,何为说法食?于此经中,当说何法?此处说:于此经中,宣说了现法乐住,也宣说了对解脱心的观察,以及增上慧法。显示巴利原文
99. Tattha katamo desanāhāro? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitabbaṃ? Tattha vuccate, imamhi sutte diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro desito, tathā vimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhaṇā ca adhipaññādhammaṃ desitaṃ.
其中,何为观察之摄?那些于身随观身而住者,其心不依随顺与嗔恚而住;不依随顺与嗔恚而住且得喜乐者,其心将得等持,此即修习之力。此为观察之摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? Ye kāye kāyānupassino viharanti, tesaṃ cittaṃ anunayappaṭighena na viharati anunayappaṭighena cābhiramamānassa cittaṃ samaggataṃ bhavissatīti bhāvanāya balametaṃ, ayaṃ vicayo hāro.
其中,何为理趣之摄?以身修习与心修习,便不会轻慢任何梵行同修。有此理趣,此即理趣之摄。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo yuttihāro? Kāyabhāvanāya ca cittabhāvanāya ca na kiñci sabrahmacārī atimaññissatīti. Atthi esā yutti, ayaṃ yuttihāro.
其中,何为句基?身修习是初念住之基。如地平等之心,是无常随观之基。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Kāyabhāvanāya paṭhamassa sati upaṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yā pathavīsamacittatā, sā aniccānupassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是相?以地平等心而安住,随观自我者,即以地平等心而住于在家。地平等有何意义?正如那些于石喻中不造业者,同样地,此即地平等,这即是惭。这就是相。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yaṃ pathavīsamena cetasā viharati attānupassī pathavīsamena gihī viharati. Ko attho pathavīsamenāti? Yathā ye ca selopamatāya akammayuttā evameva pathavīsamo ayaṃ hiriyatāya. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo.
其中,什么是四阵列摄?于此记说中,那位尊者的意趣为何?凡是希求根修习的阿拉汉,他们都会修习地平等性。这就是他的意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi byākaraṇe ko tassa āyasmato adhippāyo? Ye keci arahantā indriyabhāvanaṃ ākaṅkhiyanti, te pathavīsamataṃ uppādayissantīti. Ayaṃ adhippāyo.
其中,什么是回转?回转并没有立足之处。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭoti? Natthi āvaṭṭassa bhūmi.
其中,什么是分别?‘凡随观身而住者,将获得地平等心’,此非一向说。是何原因?那些被截断、被割裂等者,并不获得地平等心。一切身至念,是有学修习的涅槃之果。这就是分别。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti? Yo kāyānupassī viharati, so pathavīsamacittataṃ paṭilabhissatīti na ekaṃsena. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Ye khaṇḍakādichinnakādino, na te pathavīsamacittataṃ paṭilabhanti. Sabbā kāyagatāsati sekkhabhāvanāya nibbānaṃ phalaṃ, ayaṃ vibhatti.
其中,什么是‘回转’的范畴?那些随观身而住者,正是因为身,可能生起带来恼害与热恼的诸漏,这就是‘回转’的范畴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Ye kāyānupassino viharissanti, tesaṃyeva kāyapaccayā uppajjeyya āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, ayaṃ parivattano hāro.
其中,什么是‘进入’的范畴?五蕴未超越,二十二根未超越;同样,意根即意界与意处,定根即法界与法处。这就是‘进入’的范畴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Pañcakkhandhā avitiṇṇā bāvīsatindriyāni, tathā yaṃ manindriyaṃ, taṃ manodhātu manāyatanañca. Yaṃ samādhindriyaṃ, taṃ dhammadhātu dhammāyatanañca. Ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
其中,什么是“净化”的范畴?于心中应修习的四法,那些都已修习;那由心断除后应被证得的,为达此目的而于一切处发起的精进,其义是清净。这就是“净化”的范畴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Ye ca manasā cattāro bhāvetabbā, te sabbe bhāvitā yaṃ taṃ manena pahīne pattabbataṃ sabbattha etassa ca atthāya ārambho, so attho suddho. Ayaṃ sodhano hāro.
其中,什么是“安立”?此定被安立为一性,六身亦被安立为一性。五有色根是色身,六受身是受身,六想身是想身,六思身是思身,六识身是识身。所有这些法,都统称为法身。这就是“安立”。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Ayaṃ samādhi ekattatāya paññatto, cha kāyā ekattatāya paññattā. Pañcindriyāni rūpīni rūpakāyo. Cha vedanākāyā vedanākāyo. Cha saññākāyā saññākāyo. Cha cetanākāyā cetanākāyo. Cha viññāṇakāyā viññāṇakāyo. Sabbepi ete dhammā dhammakāyotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ adhiṭṭhāno.
“资具”是指:等至善巧与道善巧为因;而所行善巧与适时,那种善巧为缘。清净善巧为因,适时为缘。乐为因,无恼害为缘。这就是“资具”。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti samāpattikosallañca vīthikosallañca hetu. Yañca gocarakosallaṃ yañca kallaṃ taṃ kosallaṃ paccayo. Vodānakosallaṃ hetu, kallaṃ paccayo. Sukhaṃ hetu, abyāpajjaṃ paccayo. Ayaṃ parikkhāro.
其中,什么是安立?如同大地,人们放上清净之物或不净之物,它都同样接纳;同样地,身体对于可意与不可意的触,也应当同样对待;以有对触或乐受,心也应如此。这部经以譬喻分别解说,是为利根之人所作的分别。其中,安立……显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropanoti? Yathā pathavī sucimpi nikkhīpante asucimpi nikkhitte tādiseyeva evaṃ kāyo manāpikehipi phassehi amanāpikehipi phassehi tādisoyeva paṭighasamphassena vā sukhāya vedanāya tādisaṃ yo cittaṃ. Idaṃ suttaṃ vibhattaṃ saopammaṃ ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa vibhāgena. Tattha samāropanāya avakāso natthi.
100 其中,哪一部经属于杂染分?当不与善法相违且不增长时,世尊宣说此过患。因此,应当揭开覆盖;已揭开者便不会漏泄,由此从过患处揭开。它不会被三法所破坏:依不净想,则不被贪所破坏;依慈心,则不被嗔所破坏;依观智,则不被痴所破坏。如此,凡是彼法的对立面,于彼彼法中皆得圆满;凡是彼法的不善对立面,则不被彼法所容忍。显示巴利原文
100. Tattha katamaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ? Yato ca kusalehi dhammehi na virodhati, na vaḍḍhati, imaṃ ādīnavaṃ bhagavā deseti, tasmā channaṃ vivareyya, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati, tato ādīnavato vivareyyāti taṃ tīhi dhammehi nābhidhaṃsitāti asubhasaññāya rāgena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Mettāya dosena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Vipassanā mohena nābhidhaṃsiyati. Evañcassa yo yo dhammo paṭipakkho tamhi tamhi dhamme paripūrissati. Yo tassa dhammassa akusalo dhammo paṭipakkho, tena nādhivāsiyati.
另一种方法:那些自身不能出起的法,这些法已被宣说。‘覆盖者会漏泄’是指:通过那些寻,能够再次宣说、阐明、净化心,使心倾向于远离、朝向远离、倾注于远离,从而在善法中增长、增广、达到广大,犹如青莲花、红莲花或白莲花生于水中、长于水中,在白分月里日夜增长,应预期其增长而非衰退。如此的心不被破坏。此外,在此,不狡诈、不虚伪、不谄曲、正直之人,会如实显露自己。其中,若有人隐藏,其不善法便会追逐其心。‘覆盖者会漏泄’是指:若有人不虚伪、不狡诈、不谄曲、正直,如实显露自己,其心便不被不善法所破坏。这就是此经的义理。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Ye ime dhammā attanā na sakkoti vuṭṭhānaṃ, te ete dhammā desitā. Channamativassatīti tehi vitakkaṃ yena ca sakkā puna desitaṃ cittaṃ vibhāvetuṃ pariyodāpetuṃ vivekaninnassa vivekapoṇassa vivekapabbhārassa vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ āpajjati kusalesu dhammesu, seyyathāpi nāma uppalaṃ vā kumudaṃ vā padumaṃ vā udake sukkapakkhe cando yāvaratti yāvadivaso āgacchati, tassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhitabbā, na parihāni, evaṃvidhaṃ taṃ cittaṃ nābhidhaṃsiyati. Aparopettha yo akūṭo asaṭho amāyāvī uju puriso yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti. Tattha yo chādeti tassa akusalā dhammā cittaṃ anudhāvanti. Channamativassatīti yo pana hoti asaṭho akūṭo amāyāvī uju puriso yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti. Tassa cittaṃ akusalehi dhammehi na viddhaṃsiyati, ayaṃ suttattho.
101 其中,什么是‘教导’?在此,教导了十不善业道是随顺,十善业道是不随顺;以不善法则不能清净。如世尊所说:‘比丘们,由于心的染污,众生便受染污。’显示巴利原文
101. Tattha katamā desanā? Idha desitā dasa akusalakammapathā adhivassanatāya dasa kusalakammapathā anadhivassanatāya akusalehi na visujjhati. Yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘cittasaṃkilesā, bhikkhave, sattā saṃkilissantī’’ti.
其中,什么是‘审察’?当心如此随顺,而这人已觉悟时,若存在任何欺诳——纵使那是以无间业而行,或是出于对师的功德悲悯而行——能识破此者,便是审察。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassevaṃ cittaṃ adhivāsiyati, tassa bujjhitassa yaṃ bhaveyya kūṭeyya, taṃ ānantariyenapi satthari vā guṇānukampanatāya, ayaṃ vicayo.
其中,什么是‘合理’?如此,不随顺的心出起;出起后,便安住于善法中。这即是合理。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā yuttīti? Evaṃ anadhivasiyantaṃ cittaṃ vuṭṭhāti. Vuṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhahati kusalesu dhammesūti atthi esā yutti.
“立足处”指:“覆盖者会漏泄”是六种不防护的立足处;“已揭开者不会漏泄”是六种防护的立足处。因此,“应揭开覆盖,已揭开者不会漏泄”是此教说的立足处。显示巴利原文
Padaṭṭhānanti channamativassatīti channaṃ asaṃvarānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti achannaṃ saṃvaraṇānaṃ. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyya vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti desanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
“相”指:“覆盖者会漏泄”——凡以种种覆盖而共一相之法,他们皆不被破坏。因此,“应揭开覆盖”。“已揭开者不会漏泄”——凡以无覆盖而共一相之法,他们皆不会漏泄。这便是“相”的范畴。显示巴利原文
Lakkhaṇoti channamativassatīti ye keci vicittena channena ekalakkhaṇā dhammā sabbe te aviddhaṃsiyanti. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyya. Vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti ye keci tena acchannena ekalakkhaṇā dhammā sabbe te nātivassantīti lakkhaṇo hāro.
其中,什么是“四阵列”的范畴?于此经中,何为世尊的意趣?凡心为不善法所覆蔽者,他们当如法对治——此即世尊于此的意趣。这便是“四阵列”的范畴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Yesaṃ kesañci cittaṃ akusalā dhammā adhipaṭidesitā te yathādhammaṃ paṭikarissantīti ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro.
‘回转’是指:那覆盖有二种,动摇的应当被断除。关于无间定。其中,以轻安与慢,能令漏增长;以不信而陷于放逸,以放逸而退堕,生起傲慢。世尊曾这样说:‘对于傲慢者、放逸者,他们的漏便会增长。’这四取,即那些四取,成为五取蕴。这些是谛:苦与集。因此,‘应揭开覆盖’——以如是因缘,那些漏得以增长。由于它们的断除,漏便断除。其中,以不放逸断除不信,以断除掉举恶作,其粗重性,他的止与修习二法得以圆满。那些漏的灭尽,这是灭。这就是四谛,这就是‘回转’。显示巴利原文
Āvaṭṭoti yaṃ channaṃ taṃ duvidhaṃ kampamānaṃ samucchitabbo. Ānantariyasamādhīnaṃ. Tattha passaddhiyañca māno āsave vaḍḍheti, assaddhiyena ca pamādaṃ gacchati, pamādena onamati, unnaḷabhāvaṃ gacchati. Vuttaṃ cetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘unnaḷānaṃ pamattānaṃ tesaṃ vaḍḍhanti āsavā’’ti cattāri tāni upādānāni, yāni cattāri upādānāni, te pañcupādānakkhandhā bhavanti. Imāni saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca. Tasmā channaṃ vivareyyāti yena hetunā, te āsavā vaḍḍhanti. Tesaṃ pahīnattā āsavā pahīyante. Tattha appamādena assaddhiyaṃ pahīyati uddhaccakukkuccappahānena oḷārikatā tassa dve dhammā na samatho ca bhāvanā ca pāripūriṃ gacchanti. Yo tesaṃ āsavānaṃ khayo, ayaṃ nirodho. Imāni cattāri saccāni, ayaṃ āvaṭṭo.
其中,什么是‘分别’的范畴?‘覆盖者则会漏泄’并非唯一决定。是何原因?因为有回转,如同有学那样。如世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? Channamativassatīti na ekaṃso. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Yassa assā nivattanā yathāpi sekkhānaṃ. Yathāvuttaṃ bhagavatā –
‘即使有学亦可能造作恶行,以身、以语或以心;
对于已见道者,他不可能隐藏它,这是不可能的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiñcāpi sekkho pakareyya pāpaṃ, kāyena vācāya uda cetasā vā; Abhabbo hi tassa pariguhanāya, abhabbatā diṭṭhapadassa hotī’’ti.
纵使他们的心有所遮止,然而在不满或适时之际,他们仍应被指出。这便是分别说(vibhattihāra)。显示巴利原文
Kiñcāpi tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Api tu appaccayā samāye ca te niddisitabbā, ayaṃ vibhattihāro.
其中,什么是回转说(parivattano hāra)?即‘遮蔽者会漏泄’:对于某人,那些法——一切未开显者会被漏泄,已开显者则不会漏泄,未具功德者亦不会漏泄。这便是回转说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro. Channamativassatīti yassa ye dhammā sabbaṃ anavivaṭaṃ ativassiyati, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati, avaguṇantaṃ nātivassati. Ayaṃ parivattano hāro.
其中,什么是同义说?‘遮蔽’,即覆盖、包裹、关闭、倒覆、遍覆、阻隔;‘开显者不漏泄’:对于此人,那些法已被出离、已驱除、未被漏泄、已吐弃。这便是同义说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano hāro. Channanti āvutaṃ nivutaṃ pihitaṃ paṭikujjitaṃ sañchannaṃ parodhaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti yassa te dhammā pabbajjitā vinodaṃ nādhivassitā vantikatāti, ayaṃ vevacano hāro.
其中,什么是施设说?‘遮蔽者漏泄’,此是烦恼分的施设;‘开显者不漏泄’,此是善法作用中依行道施设所施设;因此,‘应开显遮蔽者’,此是依教诫施设所施设;‘开显者不漏泄’,此是依出离施设所施设。这便是施设说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo paññatti hāro. Channamativassatīti kilesabhāgiyapaññattaṃ vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti sadhammakiccaṃ yaṃ paṭipadā paññattiyā paññattaṃ, tasmā hi channaṃ vivareyyāti anusāsanapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, vivaṭaṃ nātivassatīti niddhānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ, ayaṃ paññatti hāro.
其中,什么是入处说?‘遮蔽者漏泄’:三种烦恼——贪、嗔、痴,它们在诸蕴中即是行蕴……乃至如前所述,存在于蕴、界、处中。这便是入处说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo hāro? Channamativassatīti tayo kilesā rāgo doso moho, te khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandho…pe… te purā yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ khandhadhātuāyatanesu, ayaṃ otaraṇo hāro.
其中,什么是净化说?依此发端而宣说此经,这个发端是相应的。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano hāro? Yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ bhāsati so ārambho niyutto.
‘确立’:‘遮蔽者漏泄’是依单一性而施设的。为什么?因为‘此漏泄’、‘对此漏泄’以及‘如是漏泄’,这是依于差异性,透过共通与不共通的相而被认知,这便是单一性的施设。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti channamativassatīti ekattatāya paññattaṃ. Kiṃkāraṇaṃ? Idaṃ hi ativassatīti imassa ca ativassati evañca ativassatīti ayaṃ vemattatāya yā suṇasādhāraṇehi lakkhaṇehi paññāpiyati, sā ekattapaññatti.
其中,什么是资具说?‘以及那被漏泄者’有两个因、两个缘:于不善的专精和于言说的乐著。这两者是不如理作意和善法的障碍,这两者便是缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Yañca taṃ ativassiyanti, tassa dve hetū dve paccayā akusalapasuteva vācakattābhirati ca. Ime dve ayonisomanasikāro ca kusalā dhammā vopasaggā ca, ime dve paccayā.
其中,什么是集起说?‘覆盖者漏泄’:疑惑者见‘覆盖’,即所执取、未宣说、少闻、犹豫者,以显著的不善根,并认为‘这些过失因渴爱而增长’,如此积聚后,那些行以微少灭去而存在。行缘识,乃至老死,这便是集起说。再者,当如此教说时,正是那些不善法达到增长、茂盛、广大,其行灭时,这也是集起说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Channamativassatīti vemati passatīti channaṃ yaṃ pariggahituṃ yaṃ adesituṃ appassutaṃ yaṃ kathaṃkathā vibhūtena akusalamūlena yaṃ taṇhāya ca te vaḍḍhati dosāti sannitvā te appasakkhayena saṅkhārā. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ, ayaṃ samāropano . Yaṃ puna tathā desanā, tasseva akusalā dhammā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullatamāpajjati tassa saṅkhārā nirodhā, ayaṃ samāropano.
102 其中,什么是‘暗’?暗即黑暗。如世尊所说:‘犹如在可怖的黑暗中,战栗的人看不见,同样,因无明而处于黑暗之暗,他不信恶业之果报。’如此,从相状而言,无明即是暗、无明、痴,因不如实了知,故称为暗。它覆盖三眼:肉眼、天眼、慧眼,这些眼的暗即说为无明。其中,什么是无明、不见?即于所依处,于过去际的无明、于未来际的无明、于过去未来际的无明、于因的无明、于缘的无明,那是无明者、有定者的果报。他不知‘此应修习,此不应作意’。以此暗,他被指出如所说的暗。愚者如此思惟。以此暗,那人被称为暗者。他以此未断除、未根绝的暗为最上、为归趣,此人称为‘暗而以暗为归趣者’。归趣本身即是应作意的法,那暗燃烧,他安立其他心。那些法对他而言是堪忍审察的。他以闻所成慧而遍观。显示巴利原文
102. Cattāro puggalā tamo tamaparāyanoti…pe… tattha katamo vuccate tamo nāma? Yo tamo andhakāro, yathā vuttaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘yathā andhakāre tasmiṃ bhayānake sakampidhātupuriso na passati, evameva aññāṇato tamopanandhakāro pāpakasakammasavipākaṃ na saddho hoti. Iti evaṃ lakkhaṇatā aññāṇaṃ tamo avijjā moho, yena sattā yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti, iti vuccati tamoti. So tiṇṇaṃ cakkhūnaṃ tamo maṃsacakkhuno dibbacakkhuno paññācakkhuno, imesaṃ cakkhūnaṃ idha tamo niddisiyati aññāṇanti. Tattha katamaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ? Atha nissaye yaṃ pubbante aññāṇaṃ aparante aññāṇaṃ pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ hetumhi aññāṇaṃ paccayamhi aññāṇaṃ tassa aññāṇino samādhibhūtassa eso nissando. Yaṃ na jānāti idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na manasikātabbanti. So tena tamena niddisiyati tamopi yathā vuccati. Mūḷhoti evaṃ cetanā. Tena tamena so puggalo vuccati. Tamoti so tena tamena asamūhatena asamucchinnena tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo tamo tamaparāyanoti. Parāyanoyeva dhammo manasikātabbo so tamo dahati aññacittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. Te cassa dhammā nijjhānakkhamanti. So sutamayāya paññāya samanupassati.
其中,什么是‘暗而以明为归趣者’?他依此慧而行,如此行时,他便有归趣。此人称为‘暗而以明为归趣者’。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo tamo jotiparāyano? So tena paññāvasena iriyati evaṃ tasseva iriyantassa parāyano bhavati. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo jotiparāyano.
其中,何者称为开端?即以此经文作为开始时,便称为开端。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo puggalo joti jotiparāyano ? Tattha vuccati joti nāma yaṃ tassa ce tamassa paṭipakkhena ye ca dhamme antamaso ñāṇāloko, so suṇadhammo puggalo tamo jotiparāyano, tattha vuccate, yoyaṃ puggalo tamo jotiparāyano, so yadi tathārūpaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ paṭilabhati, yo naṃ akusalato ca nivāreti bhāvitakusalatāva bhāvī niyojetīti . Evañca saddhammaṃ deseti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhajitabbā, ime dhammā na bhajitabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbāti. Paccate saññāya yathā saññāyati satindriyāni, so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhāvetabbā, ime dhammā na bhāvetabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbāti. So te dhamme susuyyati, sotaṃ odahati, aññaṃ cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, te cassa dhammā nijjhānakkhamanti, so sutamayāya paññāya samannāgato so tena paccayavasena iriyati evaṃ tasseva iriyanti tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo tamaparāyano.
其中,什么是‘明而以暗为归趣者’?所谓明,即彼暗的对立面,那些法乃至智光,他又住于那些法。如何称为?由慧而被称为智者,他如此了知:‘这些法是善,这些法是不善……’然而,他亲近恶友,随顺恶友,增长不善法,舍弃善法。他由此放逸,不作意所缘之想,而行于失念不正知。于是,那对立面的暗便增长。他被暗所胜,以暗为归趣、以暗为最上。此人即称为‘明而以暗为归趣者’。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo puggalo joti tamaparāyano? Joti nāma yā tasseva tamassa paṭipakkhena ye dhammā antamaso ñāṇāloko, so puna dhammo. Katamā uccate? Paññāyato paṇḍitoti vuccate, so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime dhammā sevitabbā, ime dhammā na sevitabbā. Ime dhammā bhāvitabbā, ime dhammā na bhāvitabbā. Ime dhammā upasampajja vihātabbā, ime dhammā na upasampajja vihātabbā. Ime dhammā manasikātabbā, ime dhammā na manasikātabbā. Idha pana pāpamittasaṃsevano pāpamittavasānugo akusale dhamme abhivaḍḍheti, kusale dhamme pajahati. So tena pamādena paccayasaññā amanasikatvā assatiasampajaññaṃ āsevati. Tayā yo paṭipakkho tamo, so pavaḍḍheti. So tamābhibhūto parāyano tamaparamo ceva bhavati. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo joti tamaparāyano.
103 其中,什么样的人是‘光明者、以光明为归宿者’?此处这样说:此人亲近善友,善于交往,寻求善法。他亲近善友后,遍问遍询:‘什么是善?什么是不善?什么是有罪的?什么是无罪的?什么是应亲近的?什么是不应亲近的?什么是应修习的?什么是不应修习的?什么是证得后应安住的?什么是证得后不应安住的?什么是应作意的?什么是不应作意的?杂染如何生起?清净如何生起?流转如何生起?还灭如何生起?结缚如何生起?解脱如何生起?有身集如何生起?有身灭如何生起?’他对此处所教导的,如其所说那样去实践,他这样了知:‘这些法是善的,这些法是不善的。’……乃至‘有身集如何生起?有身灭如何生起?’应广说。他对那些法超越疑惑,如是增长相、智、明、光。此人以此为最上、以此为归宿,故称为‘光明者、以光明为归宿者’。显示巴利原文
103. Tattha katamo puggalo joti jotiparāyano? Tattha vuccate soyaṃ puggalo kalyāṇamittassa sannissito bhavati sakkā saṃyogī kusalaṃ gavesī, so kalyāṇamitte upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati, paripañhayati? Kiṃ kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusalaṃ? Kiṃ sāvajjaṃ, kiṃ anavajjaṃ? Kiṃ sevitabbaṃ, kiṃ na sevitabbaṃ? Kiṃ bhāvitabbaṃ, kiṃ na bhāvitabbaṃ? Kiṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, kiṃ na upasampajja vihātabbaṃ? Kiṃ manasikātabbaṃ, kiṃ na manasikātabbaṃ? Kathaṃ saṃkileso hoti, kathaṃ vodānaṃ hoti? Kathaṃ pavatti hoti, kathaṃ nivatti hoti? Kathaṃ bandho hoti, kathaṃ mokkho hoti? Kathaṃ sakkāyasamudayo hoti, kathaṃ sakkāyanirodho hoti? So ettha desitaṃ yathā upaṭṭhitaṃ tathā sampaṭipajjanto so evaṃ pajānāti. Ime dhammā kusalā, ime dhammā akusalā. Evaṃ…pe… yāva kathaṃ sakkāyasamudayo hoti, kathaṃ sakkāyanirodho hotīti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. So te dhamme adhipāṭikaṅkhāti evaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ vijjā ālokaṃ vaḍḍheti. So puggalo tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano, ayaṃ vuccate puggalo joti jotiparāyano.
其中,什么样的人是‘黑暗者、以黑暗为归宿者’?即宣扬不善法者。他示现在低劣的趣处中投生,以之为最上、以之为归宿。此人被称为‘黑暗者、以黑暗为归宿者’。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo puggalo tamo tamaparāyano? Yo akusalaṃ dhammaṃ dīpeti. Taṃ bhāvanāya hīnāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti, tapparamo bhavati tapparāyano. Ayaṃ vuccate puggalo tamo tamaparāyano.
其中,什么样的人是‘黑暗者、以光明为归宿者’?他以黑暗示现不善业的果报。此‘黑暗’,即善友之眼,依此而断除不善法、增长善法。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo puggalo tamo jotiparāyano? So tamena akusalassa kammassa vipākaṃ dasseti. Tameti yaṃ cakkhu kalyāṇamittassa yena akusale dhamme pajahati, kusale dhamme abhivaḍḍhati.
他示现在殊胜的趣处中投生,以之为最上,因此被称为‘黑暗者、以光明为归宿者’。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo ca paṇītāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti, tapparamo tena vuccate tamo jotiparāyano.
其中,何谓光明而归于黑暗者?他示现善业的果报,然而由于与恶友交往、亲近恶友、追随恶友,不善法得以增长,由此示现投生于低劣的趣处。以此为最上,故称光明而归于黑暗者。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo puggalo joti tamaparāyano? Kusalassa kammavipākaṃ dasseti. Yaṃ cakkhu pāpamittasaṃsaggena pāpamittupasevena pāpamittavasānugo akusalaṃ dhammaṃ abhivaḍḍhati, taṃ bhāvanāya hīnāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti. Tapparamo tena vuccate joti tamaparāyano.
其中,何谓光明且以光明为归宿者?他以光明之性,从破晓直至示现于殊胜趣处受生。以此为最上,故说为光明且以光明为归宿者。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo puggalo joti jotiparāyano so jotitā pabhātā yāva paṇītāsu gatīsu upapattiṃ dasseti. Tapparamo tenāha joti jotiparāyano.
以‘光明而归于黑暗者’,开示十不善业的生起;以彼人,开示不善业的果报;并非开示不善法的果报。以彼人,开示八邪道。以‘光明者’,开示八正道。以‘光明而归于黑暗者’,开示十不善业道。以‘光明者’,开示殊胜之处。显示巴利原文
Jotitamaparāyanena dasa akusalānaṃ kammānaṃ udayaṃ dasseti. Tamena puggalena akusalānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ dasseti. Na akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ vipākaṃ dasseti. Tamena aṭṭha micchattāni dasseti. Jotinā aṭṭha sammattāni dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena dasa akusalakammapathe dasseti. Jotinā paṇītattaṃ dasseti. Tamena jotiparāyanena atapanīyaṃ dhammaṃ dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena tapanīyaṃ dhammaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ suttattho.
104 其中,什么是‘教导之句’?在此经中,教导了什么?对此,这样说:在此经中,教导了善与不善法;教导了善与不善法的果报;教导了低劣与殊胜众生种种不同的趣处。这就是‘教导之句’。显示巴利原文
104. Tattha katamo desanā hāro? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitaṃ? Tattha vuccate imamhi sutte kusalākusalā dhammā desitā. Kusalākusalānañca dhammānaṃ vipāko desito. Hīnappaṇītānañca sattānaṃ gati nānākāraṇaṃ desitaṃ. Ayaṃ desanā hāro.
其中,什么是‘审察之句’?凡领受不善业果报者,安住于该处而生起不善法,对此进行审察是合理的。凡领受善业果报者,安住于该处而生起善法,对此进行审察是合理的。这就是‘审察’与‘合理性’。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Akusalassa kammassa yo vipākaṃ paccanubhoti. Tattha ṭhito akusale dhamme uppādiyati vicayantaṃ yujjati. Kusalassa kammassa yo vipākaṃ paccanubhoti. Tattha ṭhito kusale dhamme uppādiyati vicayantaṃ yujjati. Ayaṃ vicayo yutti ca.
其中,什么是‘立足处之句’?这里,示现于美好归趣中而堕入之人,便是被称作‘于暗中之光明者’中的最上者。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro? Yo puggalo joti, so paccavekkhaṇāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yo puggalo tamo, so tamādinnaṃ vānupassanāya padaṭṭhānanti dasseti. Tamena jotiparāyanena appamādassa padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti, tamo avijjāya ca diṭṭhiyā ca padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti. Jotinā tamaparāyanena pamādassa ca diṭṭhiyā ca padaṭṭhānaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno.
其中,什么是‘相句’?当‘以暗为归宿’中的‘暗’——即无明——被指明时,一切烦恼法便都被指明。当‘以明为归宿’中的‘明’——即明——被指明时,一切菩提分法便都被指明。‘明而以暗为归宿’者,便是指放逸。‘以明为归宿’者,便是指不放逸。这就是相句。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Tamena tamaparāyanena tamoti avijjāya niddiṭṭhāya sabbakilesadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Tamena jotiparāyanena jotivijjāya niddiṭṭhāya sabbe bodhipakkhiyadhammā niddiṭṭhā honti. Jotitamaparāyanena pamādo niddiṭṭho hoti. Tamena jotiparāyanena appamādo niddiṭṭho hoti. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
其中,什么是‘四阵列之句’?世尊于此经中的意趣是什么?那些出身低贱的众生,听闻此经后,不会受持善法而转起;那些出身高贵的众生,听闻此法教后,会更加倍地受持善法而转起。这就是‘四阵列之句’。这是对地的教导。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye sattā nīcakulino, na te imaṃ sutvā kusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti. Ye sattā uccakulino, te imaṃ dhammadesanaṃ sutvā bhiyyoso mattāya kusale dhamme samādāya vattissantīti. Ayaṃ catubyūho hāro. Bhūmiyaṃ upadeso.
其中,什么是‘回转之句’?从无明而起的爱,这是集。凡‘暗者、以暗为归宿者’,这是苦。这二谛——苦与集——即是‘明’;用以经、法令其了知的这个法,是慧根的近因。以此无痴,三善根得以圆满,成为生天的近因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro? Yā avijjāto pabhūti taṇhā, ayaṃ samudayo. Yo tamo tamaparāyano, idaṃ dukkhaṃ. Imāni dve saccāni dukkhañca samudayo ca joti yena suttena dhammena paññāpiyati, so dhammo paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tena amohena tīṇi kusalamūlāni pāripūriṃ gacchanti saggassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是分别?‘黑暗者、以黑暗为归宿者’并非绝对。为什么呢?因为存在着黑暗与有,和应受异熟的善及光明者同时俱生的情形;也存在着光明与有,和应受异熟的不善及黑暗者同时俱生的情形,在黑暗中流转,因此成为‘光明者却以黑暗为归宿者’。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Tamo tamaparāyanoti na ekaṃsena. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Atthi tamo ca bhavo aparāpariyavedanīyena ca kusalena jotinā puggalena sahopattibhāve. Atthi joti ca bhavo aparāpariyavedanīyena ca akusalena tamena puggalena sahopattibhāve parivattanā tamesu paṭipakkhoti jotinā tamaparāyano.
其中,什么是分别说?所谓黑暗,是指这样行于自我伤害之人:他是无信、愚昧、不善、不巧、不见过患的。所谓光明,是指这样行于自我利益之人:他是明智、善巧、灵巧、见过患的。这就是分别说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Yo tamo, so evaṃ attabyāpādāya paṭipanno, so assaddhāya bālo akusalo abyatto anādīnavadassī. Yo joti, so attahitāya paṭipanno paṇḍito kusalo byatto ādīnavadassī. Ayaṃ vevacano.
其中,什么是施设?即依果报施设而施设此人,依被不善遍取而施设;也依光明善法往生施设、依善法果报施设而施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? So puggalo vipākapaññattiyā paññāpiyati, akusale pariyādinnatā paññāpiyati. Jotikusaladhammupapattipaññattiyā paññāpiyati kusaladhammavipākapaññattiyā cāti.
所言“进入”:以无明为缘的诸行、老死与无明,这是近因;通过解说,明生起、无明灭,乃至老死灭,此二法含摄于行蕴。法界与法处是近因,通过解说在诸界中。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti ye avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā yañca jarāmaraṇaṃ yā ca avijjā, taṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, niddesena vijjuppādo avijjānirodho yo yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho, ime dve dhammā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā. Dhammadhātu dhammāyatanañca padaṭṭhānaṃ niddesena dhātūsu.
其中,何为净化?即此经教授的开端。“确立”:即“黑暗”,世尊如此说,并非指单一的补特伽罗。于一切众生的趣向中,凡由恶行法往生者,依多言说而称为黑暗。凡是光明,即一切众生中由善法往生者,全部都被称为光明。这是单一性,是如理作意施设的缘,对于四种大元素的补特伽罗。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano? Imassa suttassa desitassa ārambho. Adhiṭṭhānoti tamoti bhagavā bravīti, na ekaṃ puggalaṃ deseti. Yāvatā sattānaṃ gati, tattha ye duccaritadhammena upapannā, te bahulādhivacanena tamo niddisati. Yā joti sabbasattesu kusaladhammopapatti sabbaṃ taṃ jotīti abhilapati ayamekatā paccayo yonisomanasikārapaññatti catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ puggalānaṃ.
其中,何为资具?对于不善,恶友是缘,不如理作意是因。对于善,善友是缘,如理作意是因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Akusalassa pāpamittatā paccayo, ayoniso manasikāro hetu. Kusalassa kalyāṇamittatā paccayo, yoniso manasikāro hetu.
其中,什么是安立?在此,有一类人出生于低贱家族。因其生于低贱家族,却能于色、声、香、味、触等一切人间的受用资具中往生。此即称为光明:生于殊胜善法之中,于一切人间的受用资具中往生。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā samāropanāti? Idhekacco nīce kule paccājāto hotīti nīce kule paccājāto rūpesu saddesu gandhesu rasesu phassesu, so upapanno sabbamhi mānussake upabhogaparibhoge. Joti paṇītesu kusalesu upapanno sabbamhi mānussake upabhogaparibhoge upapannoti.
105 105. 其中,什么是顺杂染分与顺决择分的经?即“智者说彼非坚固缚”等偈颂。以何因缘说彼缚为坚固?经由四种因缘:或以王权能令解脱,或以财,或以其他,或以乞求,或以依止。然而,凡对宝珠耳环、子女、妻子的贪染与爱着,这是心所结的缚。那并非以王权、以财、以其他、以乞求、以依止所能解脱。于彼中,更无任何担保人。因此,于缚中不得解脱,无论天或人。此缚以贪随眠系缚于六外处:于色,被色爱系缚;于法,被法爱系缚。凡存在于这个世间的缚,即是会被带往他世的缚。彼缚生,缚亦死。缚从此世去往他世。除了以圣道,无法解脱此缚。了知死与往生的怖畏后,他便断舍欲贪。断舍此欲贪后,他便超越。此世间之后,便是第二世。显示巴利原文
105. Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ ca suttaṃ? Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrāti gāthā. Kena kāraṇena taṃ bandhanaṃ daḷhaṃ? Catūhi kāraṇehi issariyena sakkā mocetuṃ dhanena vā aññena vā yācanāya vā parāyanena vā. Yesu ca ayaṃ rāgo maṇikuṇḍalesu puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā, idamassa cetasikabandhanaṃ. Taṃ na sakkā issariyena vā dhanena vā aññena vā yācanāya vā parāyanena vā mocetuṃ. Na ca tattha koci atthi pāṭibhogo. Iminā bandhanato mocayitthāti devo vā manusso vā tadidaṃ bandhanaṃ rāgānusayena ca chasu bāhiresu ca āyatanesu bandhati. Rūpesu rūpataṇhā bandhati, yāva dhammesu dhammataṇhā. Yo idha loke bandho paralokasmiṃ bandho nīyati. So bandho jāyati, bandho mīyati. Bandho asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati. Na sakkā mocetuṃ aññatra ariyamaggena imañca bandhanaṃ. Maraṇabhāvañca upapattibhāvañca bhayato viditvā chandarāgaṃ pajahati. So imaṃ chandarāgaṃ pajahitvā atikkamati. Ayañca loko ito paraṃ dutiyo.
其中,凡对缚与行的断除,这被称为于两处的精进,如“香风,牟尼不染着”。同样,于摄受物、子女、妻子中,不被牵引的箭,即显示彼渴爱的断除。这是从渴爱之根的断除,“于胜者中不放逸”,为断除欲贪放逸之转起,成为喜乐出离、不放逸而住者。为断除他的随眠,他既不期望此世间,也不期望他世间。不依止此世间,不期望可爱、可意之色。亦不依止他世间,不期望可爱、可意之色,因此被称为“不期望此世间与他世间”。凡他的断除,那是切断,牟尼在《八颂品》中被指出。他在这里的违碍,在《八颂品》中是不期望,在这里是无依怙。同样,以此一偈,对于彼渴爱、彼摄受、所依之欲,这一切欲都被显示。因此,世尊教导:“断除此后,游行,无期望,断舍一切欲。”对此偈,有二种解说:连结解说与时机解说,如同此偈是顺杂染分与顺决择分,如此,以此偈解答顺杂染分与顺决择分。如是,偈颂于一切偈颂中或于记说中被指示为经。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ bandhanāsaṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ idaṃ vuccati ubhayesu ṭhānesu vīriyaṃ, gandhaparivāto sumuni nopalimpati. Tatheva pariggahesu puttesu dāresu ca avūḷho salloti tasseva taṇhāya pahānaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ taṇhāmūlassa pahānā vare appamattoti kāmo pamādavattati pahānāya nekkhammābhirato appamādavihārī bhavati. Tassa āsayaṃ pahānāya neva imaṃ lokaṃ āsīsati na paralokaṃ. Na idhalokaṃ nissitaṃ, piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ ākaṅkhati. Nāpi paralokaṃ nissitaṃ piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ ākaṅkhati, tena vuccate ‘‘nāsīsate lokamimaṃ paraṃ lokañcā’’ti. Yaṃ tassa pahānaṃ taṃ chedanaṃ aṭṭhakavaggiyesu muni niddiṭṭho. So idha virodho aṭṭhakavaggiyesu nāsīsanaṃ idha anāthā. Tathāyaṃ taṇhāya tassa pariggahassa vatthukāmassa ekagāthāya ete sabbe kāmā dassitā. Tena bhagavā deseti ‘‘etampi chetvāna paribbajanti anapekkhino sabbakāme pahāyā’’ti. Imissā gāthāya dvidhā niddeso saṃsandananiddeso ca samayaniddeso ca, yathā ayaṃ gāthā saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca, evaṃ tāya gāthāya saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca visajjanā. Evaṃ gāthā sabbagāthāsu byākaraṇesu vā niddiṭṭhaṃ suttaṃ.
106 其中,什么是教导?即:此经是出于何种意趣而宣说的?贪行的众生将因此断舍诸欲——这便是世尊在此的意趣。显示巴利原文
106. Tattha katamā desanā? Imaṃ suttaṃ kenādhippāyena desitaṃ. Ye rāgacaritā sattā, te kāme pajahissantīti ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo.
其中,什么是简择?即已超越、已吐出、已了知的十事烦恼。什么是十种?即欲贪烦恼、五下分结与五上分结,这十事处便是简择。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassa dasavatthukā kilesā uttiṇṇā vantā viditā. Katame dasavidhāti , kilesakāmā ca orambhāgiyauddhambhāgiyā ca saṃyojanā dasavatthukāni āyatanāni, ayaṃ vicayo.
其中,什么是合理?那些染着者,为坚固的缚结所系缚——有此合理性。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā yutti? Ye sārattā te gāḷhabandhanena bandhanti atthi esā yutti.
其中,何为近因?对宝珠耳环染着,即是我所执的近因。‘期望’,是对过去事物有贪染者的近因。‘断除此’,则是修习的近因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Sāratto maṇikuṇḍalesu mamaṃkārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Apekkhāti atītavatthussa sarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Etampi chetvāti bhāvanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,何为相?对宝珠耳环心生染着,凡于我执中执著、于我所执中执著,凡对子女妻子染着、对田地宅舍染着——这就是相。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Sārattacitto maṇikuṇḍalesu yo ahaṃkāre visatto mamaṃkāre visatto, yo puttadāre sāratto. Khettavatthusmiṃ sāratto. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
何为四重理趣?于此经中,世尊的意趣为何?那些对涅槃怀有热忱者,将断除对儿女妻子的渴爱。这就是世尊于此的意趣。此即四圣谛。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho hāro? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo. Ye nibbānena chandikā bhavissanti, te puttadāre taṇhaṃ pajahissanti. Ayaṃ tattha bhagavato adhippāyo. Imāni cattāri saccāni.
在此,什么是随转?对儿女妻子的渴爱,此即是集。那些已执取的蕴,以及于外在诸色中的色执取,此即是苦。其中应断除者,此即是灭。依之而破坏者,此即是道。所谓“分别”,即无分别的境地;所谓“随转”,即指出了相对的对治。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Yā puttadāre taṇhā, ayaṃ samudayo. Ye upādinnakkhandhā, te ye ca bāhiresu rūpesu rūpapariggaho, idaṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ tattha chedanīyaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho. Yena bhijjati, ayaṃ maggo. Vibhattīti natthi vibhattiyā bhūmi, parivattanoti paṭipakkho niddiṭṭho.
在此,什么是名称?已说明者即是名称。在此,什么是趣入?有一种渴爱,某一有情陷溺其中,以此为缘而有识,乃至老死。其中所有的受,此即是无明。由明生起故,无明灭,乃至老死灭。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Niddiṭṭho vevacano. Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Atthi taṇhā eko satto otiṇṇo tappaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ. Yā tattha vedanā, ayaṃ avijjā vijjuppādā avijjānirodho yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho.
在此,什么是清净?清净即是偈颂的开端。在此,什么是住立?“智者不称此为坚固之缚”,这是依同一性而施设,并非依别异性。四种贪——欲贪、色贪、有贪、见贪,也是依同一性而施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano? Suddho gāthāya ārambho. Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno? Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrāti ekattatāya paññattā, na vemattatāya. Cattāro rāgā kāmarāgo rūparāgo bhavarāgo diṭṭhirāgo cāti ekattatāya paññattā.
什么是资具?对宝石耳环的贪着,以净想为因,以执取相与随形相为缘。此贪的断除,则以不净想为因,以遣除执取相与随形相为缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Yesaṃ rāgo maṇikuṇḍalesu tassa subhasaññā hetu, anubyañjanaso ca nimittaggāhitā paccayo. Yāya te chinnāni tassa asubhasaññā hetu, nimittaggahaṇaanubyañjanaggahaṇavinodanaṃ paccayo.
什么是加置?对宝石耳环染着、痴盲邪见者,所谓“断此而出家”,即已遍知此义、已远离此义、已断除此义,这便是加置。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Sāratto maṇikuṇḍalesu sammūḷhavidho duṭṭhātipi etampi chetvāna paribbajantīti taṃ pariññātatthaṃ parivajjitatthaṃ pajahitā, ayaṃ samāropano.
107 107. 什么是心行?什么是戏论?什么是广说之缘?什么是心行与身行的心之业?为什么?因为心行即是思,称为意业,此即思业;此心行,连同此身业与语业,这三种业已作说明。身业与语业,若是善的,以身与语喜爱、亲近而执取,此即名为戒禁取。思有三种行:福行、非福行、不动行。依其缘而生起识,这就是识的住立所缘,即净想、乐想、我想。这便是心行。如果识依止于色而住立,以色为所缘,安住于色,得喜滋养,增长、广大、增盛,这就是思;如此依止于识住立处的、最初结生所缘的取,此即名为心行。显示巴利原文
107. Yaṃ cetasikaṃ yaṃ pakappitaṃ vitthārena paccayo, yaṃ vā cetasikaṃ kāyikaṃ cetasikaṃ kammaṃ. Kiṃkāraṇā? Cetasikā hi cetanā manokammāti vuccate, sā cetanākammaṃ, yaṃ cetasikaṃ imaṃ kāyikañca vācasikañca imāni tīṇi kammāni niddiṭṭhāni. Kāyakammaṃ vacīkammañca tāni kusalāni piyaṃ kāyena ca vācāya ca ārabhati parāmasati, ayaṃ vuccati sīlabbataparāmāso. Saṅkappanā te tividhā saṅkhārā puññamayā apuññamayā āneñjamayā, tappaccayā viññāṇaṃ te ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Yā subhasaññā sukhasaññā attasaññā ca. Idaṃ cetasikaṃ. Yaṃ rūpūpagaṃ viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhati rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhitaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ gacchati, ayaṃ saṅkappanā, iti yaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu ṭhitaṃ paṭhamābhinibbattiārammaṇavasena upādānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati cetasikanti.
对于住立于无色者,其中所有的欲乐与执著,也是对于可爱、可意、可悦诸色的动摇与执持,这就是心行。若对可爱有情作思惟,即是身贪结;依嗔随眠,即是嗔恚身贪结;所有四结,乃是心对五欲的最初一念沉落——其思,以及对于见其味者而生起的众多恶不善法,令心转成无色状态。被贪所缚的人,随其烦恼欲而随欲造作,此即名为于欲的戏论。同样,一切四瀑流亦然。若与他们欲相应而住、修习并执取,此即是思。若未离贪、对所受者已生亲爱,由于其变易坏灭,便生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼,这些苦随转识如流,有尽灭的生起而夺去其心,此即名为戏论。显示巴利原文
Tattha ṭhitassa arūpassa yā nikanti ajjhosānaṃ, idampi sakampitaṃ manāpikesu rūpesu piyarūpasātarūpesu ābhogo, idaṃ cetasikaṃ. Yaṃ ceteti sattesu manāpikesu abhijjhākāyagantho paṭighānusayesu byāpādakāyagantho sabbe cattāro ganthā, ayaṃ pañcasu kāmaguṇesu paṭhamābhinipāto cittassa yā cetanā yassa tattha assādānupassissa anekā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ arūpavatiyo honti. Puggalo rāgānubandhibhūto tehi kilesakāmehi yathā kāmakaraṇīyo, ayaṃ vuccate kāmesu pakappanā. Evaṃ sabbe cattāro oghā. Yaṃ tehi kāmehi saṃyutto viharati bhāvito ajjhosanno, ayaṃ cetanā. Yassa tathāyaṃ avītarāgassa adhigatapemassa tassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā dukkhānuparivattitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti saritassa vayadhammasamuppādo cittaṃ pariyādiyati, idaṃ vuccati pakappitanti.
于一一中生起思惟与戏论,若识有住立,此住立有二种:所缘住立与食住立。其中,所缘住立即是名色的缘;食住立即是再有的生起之住立,也是后有的住立——此即称为所缘。这就是识住立之缘,依于识缘名色,乃至老死亦被思惟,且又有希求,从此非后有而转向未来事,这便显示了相反的对治。若不思惟、不希求,而又有染污,这有两种说明。若先前的心行与戏论未被根除,依其缘,此即是识的住立。显示巴利原文
Ekamekassa ceteti ca pakappeti ca viññāṇassa ṭhiti yā hoti, sā ca ṭhiti dvidhā ārammaṇaṭṭhiti ca āhāraṭṭhiti ca. Tattha yā ārammaṇaṭṭhiti, ayaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo . Yā āhāraṭṭhiti yā punabbhavābhinibbattikā ṭhiti yā ca ponobhavikā ṭhiti, ayaṃ vuccati ārammaṇaṃ. Taṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā tassa viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇañca ceteti, atha ca puna patthayate yato na ponobhavikā anāgatavatthumhi, ayaṃ paṭipakkho niddiṭṭho. Na ceteti na patthayati atha ca dūsetīti duvidho niddeso. Assa pubbe hoti taṃ cetasikaṃ taṃ pakappitaṃ asamūhataṃ tappaccayā, ayaṃ viññāṇassa ṭhiti hoti.
108 或者,他的随眠显现,以此为缘,他的再有便生起。或者,他被计算为:或在居家欲求者、或细滑触受者,乃至不被计算为欲者,如是生于常家之中。他所导引、所不欲造作的,是那些已经被思惟、被戏论的诸行成为所缘;而思、戏论与所生起之事,这两者皆是识的所缘。如此,即是由思、由思量、由希求而有真实有情的思惟与戏论。他寻求,却不思惟、不戏论。什么是真实有情?即已生的胎生与卵生,卵已破的湿生而非由乱而生者——这些都是真实的。什么是求有者?即入胎者、入卵者、流转者,这些并不思惟、不希求、不戏论。于随眠不是有再有生起吗?真实有情与求有者,他们是不动的。或者有知的思惟、希求者,他也是不动的。他们不思惟、不希求、不戏论,依随眠而流转。显示巴利原文
108. Atha vā tassa anusayā āvibhavanti tappaccayā tassa punabbhavo nibbattati. Atha vā naṃ saṃkiyate appetu āgāre vā, sukhumā vā santi vā na saṃkiyate kāme taṃ evaṃ niccesupi āgāresu jāto hoti. Taṃ nayati yaṃ no kappetuṃ evaṃ saṅkhārā cetitā pakappitā ca ārammaṇabhūtā honti, yā ca cetanā yā ca pakappanā yañca vatthu nibbattaṃ, ubhopi ete ārammaṇaṃ viññāṇassa tathā cetanāya ca saṅkappanāya ca patthanāya ca bhūtā sattā ceteti ca saṅkappeti ca. Yaṃ gavesanā na ca ceteti na ca saṅkappeti. Katame ca sattā bhūtā? Ye ca tanujātaaṇḍajāpi aṇḍakā anubhinnā saṃsedajā na ca sambhinnā ime bhūtā. Katame sambhavesino gabbhagatā aṇḍagatā saṃsaranto ime na ceteti na pattheti na ca saṅkappeti. Anusaye na ca punabbhavo nibbattīti? Ye bhūtā sattā ye sambhavesino, te thāvarā. Ye vā sato cetenti patthenti ca ye thāvarā. Te na ca cetenti, na ca patthenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti.
另一理趣:诸有学圣者,他们不思惟、不戏论,依随眠而再生起。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Ye ariyapuggalā sekkhā, tattha te na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena puna uppajjanti.
另一理趣:那些微细的地居、水居众生,不现于眼识所及之境,他们不思惟、不戏论,依随眠而流转。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Sukhumā pāṇā bhūmigatā udakagatā cakkhuno āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti, te na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti.
另一理趣:一切外道比丘皆是慢执者,他们不思惟、不希求,依随眠而流转,不思惟、不戏论,亦不随增。此非识住立之所缘。显示巴利原文
Aparo pariyāyo. Bāhikā sabbe bhikkhū abhimānikā, te na ca cetenti, na ca patthayanti, anusayena ca saṃsaranti, na ca cetenti, na ca saṅkappenti, na ca anusenti. Ārammaṇampetaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā.
“不思惟”表示破除现行烦恼。“不随眠”表示破除随眠烦恼。“不思惟”表示断除粗重烦恼。“不随眠”表示断除微细烦恼。“不思惟”表示斯陀含与阿那含不再希求其地。“不随眠”表示阿罗汉。“不思惟”表示以对治断除戒蕴。“不希求”表示以对治断除定蕴。“不随眠”表示以对治断除慧蕴。“不思惟”表示断除非福行。“不希求”表示断除福行。“不随眠”表示断除不动行。“不思惟”表示未知当知根。“不希求”表示已知根。“不随眠”表示具知根。“不思惟”表示弱的根修习。“不希求”表示中的根修习。“不随眠”表示胜妙的根修习。这是经文的含义。显示巴利原文
Na ca cetetīti pariyuṭṭhānasamugghātaṃ dasseti. Na ca anusetīti anusayasamugghātaṃ dasseti . Na ca cetetīti oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti. Na ca anusetīti sukhumānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti. Na ca cetetīti yena bhūmi ca na ca patthayantīti sakadāgāmī anāgāmī, na ca anusetīti arahaṃ, na ca cetetīti sīlakkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca patthayatīti samādhikkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca anusayatīti paññākkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca cetetīti apuññamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca patthayatīti puññamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca anusetīti āneñjamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca cetetīti anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ, na ca patthayatīti aññindriyaṃ, na ca anusayatīti aññātāvino indriyaṃ. Na ca cetetīti mudukā indriyabhāvanā, na ca patthayatīti majjhaindriyabhāvanā, na ca anusetīti adhimattā indriyabhāvanā. Ayaṃ suttattho.
109 109. 其中,什么是教说?在此经中,宣说了四圣谛。凡是所思、所图谋的,即此所缘,心便安住、审察、结合。“不思惟、不希求”:有如此所缘,识在随眠中,便审察、结合,而不思惟、不希求。由断除随眠,便不寻求识住,审察者便结合。这是理趣审察。显示巴利原文
109. Tattha katamā desanā? Idha sutte cattāri saccāni desitāni. Yañca cetayitaṃ yañca pakappitaṃ atthi etaṃ ārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ patiṭṭhati vicinati yujjati. Na ca cetetīti na ca patthayatīti atthi evaṃ ārammaṇaṃ anusaye viññāṇamiti viciniyati yujjati na ca ceteti na ca patthayati. Anusayappahānā viññāṇaṭṭhitiṃ na gavesanti, viciyantaṃ yujjati. Ayaṃ yuttivicayo.
其中,什么是近因?思是现行烦恼的近因。图谋是取的近因。随眠是现行烦恼的近因。为了摧毁对它们的欲贪,修习能断除有贪。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno? Cetanā pariyuṭṭhānaṃ cetanāpariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṅkappanaṃ upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Anusayo pariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tesaṃ chandarāgavināsāya bhāvanā bhavarāgassa pahānaṃ.
其中,什么是特相?即心所:所感受的、所构想的、所执取的、所识知的,以及彼识——它既是所缘,也是缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Yaṃ cetasikanti vedayitaṃ pakappitaṃ uggahitaṃ viññātaṃ tabbiññāṇaṃ ārammaṇampi paccayopi.
其中,什么是四阵列?即在此经中,世尊的意趣为何?那些不希望再有后有之人,他们将不思惟、不希求——这便是意趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye punabbhavaṃ na icchanti, te na cetayissanti na ca patthayissantīti, ayaṃ adhippāyo.
“回转”:即思、希求、随眠,以及识住的断除——这些为两种谛。“分离”:并没有分离的境地。而“转变”则是对应的经典。显示巴利原文
Āvaṭṭoti yā ca cetanā patthanā ca anusayo ca viññāṇaṭṭhitipahānā ca, imāni dve saccāni. Vibhattīti natthi vibhattiyā bhūmi. Parivattanā pana paṭipakkhaṃ suttaṃ.
其中,什么是同义语?思,即从色思到法思。所谓随眠,即那七种随眠。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano? Cetanā rūpasañcetanā yāvadhammasañcetanā. Yo anusayo, te satta anusayā.
“施设”:思——即现行烦恼——是依施设而施设的;图谋是依取之施设而施设的;随眠是依因之施设而施设的;识住是依生起因之施设而施设的;思、图谋与随眠的断除,是依调伏欲贪之施设而施设的。在此第一项中,有些人以两重回转,将缘起依此缘性施设为中位。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti cetanāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ paññattiyā paññattā. Saṅkappanaṃ upādānapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Anusayo hetupaññattiyā paññatto. Viññāṇaṭṭhiti upapattihetupaññattiyā paññattā. Cetanā saṅkappanā anusayo samucchedo chandarāgavinayapaññattiyā paññatto. Paṭhame keci dvīhi parivattakehi paṭiccasamuppādo idappaccayatāya majjhapaññatti.
“进入”:依两重回转,以苦与集为中位,以道与灭为中位。“净化”:即是经中该经的开端。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti dvīhi parivattakehi dukkhañca samudayo ca majjhimakehi maggo ca nirodho ca. Sodhanoti sutte suttassa ārambho.
“决意”:凡是所思的,一切都由决意而施设为一性。意图,则由取施设为一性。识,则施设为一性。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti yañcetayitaṃ sabbaṃ adhiṭṭhānena ekattāya paññattaṃ. Saṅkappitanti upādānekattāya paññattaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ ekattāya paññattaṃ.
“资具”:净妙的所缘与不如理作意,是思的因缘缘。识的安住法,是所缘缘。对此法的作意,则是因缘缘。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti subhañca ārammaṇaṃ ayoniso manasikāro cetanā hetupaccayatāya paccayo. Viññāṇassa patiṭṭhāno dhammo ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo. Tassa manasikāro hetupaccayatāya paccayo.
此中,什么是“安立”?此经名为“想”,其中,“思”应被解说为“解答”。对他而言,依于见,从识缘名色,乃至老死——这便是安立。这并非识安住的所缘;识灭则名色灭,名色灭则乃至老死灭。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Idaṃ suttaṃ saññitaṃ tattha ceteti visajjanā iti niddisitabbā. Tassa diṭṭhiyā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ, ayaṃ samāropano. Ārammaṇametaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho.
110 其中,哪一部是杂染分、决择分及无学分所摄的经?「此世间为热恼所生……乃至……凡诸沙门或婆罗门说有情的解脱」,此属杂染分;「因为依于依着,此苦生起;然而那些渴爱被断除,不欢喜有」,此属决择分;「无取著之比丘,不再有后有;如是者超越一切有」,此属无学分。显示巴利原文
110. Tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? Ayaṃ loko santāpajāto yāva ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavena bhavassa vippamokkhamāhaṃsu. Saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ upadhiṃ hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ sambhoti, yā tā pana taṇhā pahīyanti, bhavaṃ nābhinandatīti nibbedhassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno anupādāya punabbhavo na hoti. Upaccagā sabbabhavāni tādīti asekkhabhāgiyaṃ.
其中,「为热恼所生」:即贪所生之热恼、嗔所生、痴所生,由此显示那些有情的状态。「世间为热恼所生」:触有三种——可感受乐、可感受苦、可感受不苦不乐。其中,可感受乐之触为贪热恼,可感受苦之触为嗔热恼,可感受不苦不乐之触为痴热恼。正如世尊所说:「如最初所言,牛道,居士子,那些由贪所生、嗔所生、痴所生之热恼而受苦者,于我而言,他们无有热恼。」显示巴利原文
Tattha santāpajātoti rāgajo santāpo dosajo mohajoti. Tesaṃ sattānaṃ ṭhānaṃ dasseti . Loko santāpajātoti phasso tividho sukhavedanīyo dukkhavedanīyo adukkhamasukhavedanīyo. Tattha sukhavedanīyo phasso rāgasantāpo, dukkhavedanīyo dosasantāpo, adukkhamasukhavedanīyo mohasantāpo. Yathā ca bhagavā āha paṭhamakassa valāhakassa gomagge yehi gahapatiputta rāgajehi dosajehi mohajehi santāpehi dukkhaṃ supati, te mama santāpā na santi.
「说病为我」:被那些热恼所恼害者,便生起三种颠倒:想颠倒、心颠倒、见颠倒。其中,于不净中起见为净,是想颠倒;于苦中起见为乐,是心颠倒;于无常中起见为常、于无我中起见为我,是见颠倒。显示巴利原文
Rogaṃ vadati attatoti tehi santāpehi santāpito tividhaṃ vipallāsaṃ paṭilabhati saññāvipallāsaṃ cittavipallāsaṃ diṭṭhivipallāsaṃ. Tattha asubhe subhanti saññāvipallāso. Dukkhe sukhanti cittavipallāso. Anicce niccanti anattani attāti diṭṭhivipallāso.
如同心的颠倒,于想、识、见安立处有三种寻——心寻颠倒、想寻颠倒、见寻颠倒。其中,无明为颠倒行境、趣向及依处,正如其如何想、如何识、如何想且识。依于忍可、思惟,此四种颠倒,众生遂将四种所依身——如病、如疮——妄执为‘我’。称病为我,是即轮转。因为无论以何种方式思量,它即变为别样;若思量为净,则并非如此。同样,若思量为乐、为常、为我,它即变为别样;对于实有之存在,却贪求未来之有,故称为‘有贪’。他恰欢喜于有;所欢喜者,即被指出是苦,即五蕴。而以此为缘的忧、悲、苦恼,他必将令其增长。至此,即是杂染。然而,正是为断除这些,才修梵行。这是三种热恼的欲贪调伏。显示巴利原文
Yathā cittassa vipallāso saññādiṭṭhite tividhā vitakkā – cittavitakko vipallāso saññāvitakko vipallāso diṭṭhivitakko vipallāsopi. Tattha avijjā vipallāso gocarā gatipateyyabhūmi, yathā hi taṃ sañjānāti yathā vijānāti yathā sañjānāti ca vijānāti ca. Yathā khanti ceteti ime cattāro vipallāsā sattā yehi catubbidhaṃ attabhāvavatthuṃ rogabhūtaṃ gaṇḍabhūtaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti vadanti. Rogaṃ vadati attatoti ayaṃ āvaṭṭo. Yena yena hi maññati tato taṃ hoti aññathāti subhanti maññati na tathā hoti. Evaṃ sukhanti niccaṃ attāti so aññathā bhavameva santaṃ anāgataṃ bhavaṃ patthayati, tena vuccati ‘‘bhavarāgo’’ti. Bhavamevābhinandati, yaṃ abhinandati, taṃ dukkhanti pañcakkhandhe niddisiyati. Yañca tappaccayā sokaparidevadukkhaṃ tassa hi bhāvessati. Ettāvatā saṃkileso hoti. Pahānatthaṃ kho pana brahmacariyaṃ vussati. Tiṇṇaṃ santāpānaṃ chandarāgavinayo hoti.
缘于依着,此苦生起——那些欢喜有者,将令它增长,这即是苦;他说此苦的断除。‘一切取’与‘无苦之生起’,他说即如所指出的四种颠倒之取。其中,第一颠倒为欲取,第二为见取,第三为戒禁取,第四为我语取。它们的灭尽即是‘无苦之生起’,他说依着为因的苦灭。如此,以正慧如实见者,不会有非有之渴爱。‘不欢喜非有’,他论及见地;‘一切渴爱灭尽,即涅槃’,他说两种解脱:离贪与离无明。‘彼比丘’,他论及无余依涅槃界。这是经文的义理解说。显示巴利原文
Upadhiṃ hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ bhavatīti ye bhavamevābhinandanti yassa bhāvessati, taṃ dukkhaṃ tassa dukkhassa pahānamāha. Sabbaso upādānañca yaṃ natthi dukkhassa sambhavoti cattāro vipallāsā yathā niddiṭṭhaupādānamāha. Tassa paṭhamo vipallāso kāmupādānaṃ, dutiyaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ, tatiyaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ, catutthaṃ attavādupādānaṃ, tesaṃ yo khayo natthi dukkhassa sambhavo upadhi nidānaṃ dukkhanirodhamāha. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato vibhavataṇhā na hoti. Vibhavaṃ nābhinandatīti dassanabhūmiṃ manteti sabbaso taṇhakkhayaṃ nibbānanti dve vimuttiyo katheti rāgavirāgañca avijjāvirāgañca. Tassa bhikkhunoti anupādisesanibbānadhātuṃ manteti. Ayaṃ suttassa atthaniddeso.
111 111. 其中,什么是简择?对于任何导致烧灼的处所,当彼被烧灼时,如实了知为‘无’并生起厌离,这便是简择与理法。贪所生热恼是乐根和忧根的近因。嗔所生热恼是乐根和忧根的近因。痴所生热恼是舍根和忧根的近因。显示巴利原文
111. Tattha katamo vicayo? Yassa yattha pariḷāheti tassa pariḍayhantassa so yathābhūtaṃ natthi nibbindati ca, ayaṃ vicayo ca yutti ca. Padaṭṭhāno rāgajo pariḷāho sukhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Dosajo pariḷāho sukhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ. Mohajo pariḷāho upekkhindriyassa domanassindriyassa ca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,何为相句?触所遍者、受所遍者、想所遍者、行所遍者,凡以任何方式思量,或依净相、或依乐相、或依常相、或依我相,于不净中思量为净;当贪生热恼被如此宣说时,一切四种热恼即被说出。贪生、嗔生、痴生、见生,言贪者,即言为我。如是所有十五句:无常、苦。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Phassapareto vedanāpareto saññāparetopi saṅkhāraparetopi yena yena maññati yadi subhanimittena yadi sukhanimittena yadi niccanimittena yadi attanimittena asubhe subhanti maññati, evaṃ sabbaṃ rāgaje pariḷāhe vutte cattāro pariḷāhā vuttā bhavanti. Rāgajo dosajo mohajo diṭṭhijo ca rāgaṃ vadāmīti attato vadati. Sabbāni pannarasa padāni aniccaṃ dukkhanti.
其中,何为四阵列?于此经中,世尊的意趣为何?不为热恼所困者,则不喜于有。不喜于有者,则将般涅槃。此即意趣所在。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye pariḷāhena na acchanti te bhavaṃ nābhinandanti. Ye bhavaṃ nābhinandanti, te parinibbāyissanti. Ayaṃ adhippāyo.
其中,何为轮转?依杂染分而开示苦与集,依通达分而开示道与灭。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo āvaṭṭo? Saṃkilesabhāgiyena dukkhañca samudayañca niddisati. Nibbedhabhāgiyena maggañca nirodhañca.
其中,什么是分别?热恼所生兼病所生者,称病是我;但这并非必然,因不如理作意之故。若仅是热恼所生者,则不称病是我。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā vibhatti? Santāpajāto rogajāto rogaṃ vadati attato taṃ na ekaṃsena hoti amanasikārā santāpajāto kho na ca rogaṃ attato vadati.
其中,什么是回转?为显示正反两面,而作大地翻转之示现。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano? Pakkhapaṭipakkhanidassanatthaṃ bhūmi parivattanāya.
其中,什么是异名句?即称病为我,称箭为我。所有十五句皆当解说。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vevacano hāro? Rogañca attato vadati sallaṃ attato vadati. Pannarasa padāni sabbāni vattabbāni.
其中,什么是施设?‘热恼所生者’是忧的近因。这一切都依言说施设而施设。‘称病为我’是颠倒,依杂染施设而施设。‘所不欢喜者,此是苦’,依断除颠倒的施设而施设。那些未造作的众生世间,依中间的差异性而施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamā paññatti? Santāpajātoti domanassapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabbe vacanapaññattiyā paññapeti. Rogaṃ vadati attato vipallāso saṃkilesapaññattiyā paññapeti. Yaṃ nābhinandati, taṃ dukkhanti vipallāsanikkhepapaññattiyā paññattā. Te akatasattā lokā majjhena vemattatāya paññattā.
其中,什么是入摄?‘热恼所生者’即三不善根;这些行属于行蕴,于界中属于法界,于处中属于法处。而于根中,女根与男根是它的近因。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo otaraṇo? Santāpajātoti tīṇi akusalamūlāni, te saṅkhārā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā, dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu dhammāyatanaṃ. Indriyesu itthindriyaṃ purisindriyañca padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,什么是清净?经的开端即是清净。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo sodhano? Suddho suttassa ārambho.
其中,什么是决意句?‘热恼’——那些众生世间,依同一性而施设;那些未造作的众生世间,则依中间的差异性而施设。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro? Pariḷāhoti ye sattā lokā ekattapaññattiyā paññattā, te akatasattā lokā majjhena vemattatāya paññattā.
其中,什么是资具?‘热恼所生者’,以不如理作意为因,颠倒为缘。其中,心与心所这两种法,被‘我’所执取;他颠倒地执取它们。另一种理趣:我想与无我想,依心所法而被彻底断除。另一种理趣:无常想依于心所法,而非我想。这被称为心、或意、或识,长夜以来生起:‘这是我的,我是这个,这是我的我。’其中,对心所法的法随观,也就是法想。它的因是什么?缘是什么?我执是因,我所执是缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parikkhāro? Santāpajātoti ayoniso manasikāro hetu, vipallāsañca paccayo. Tattha dvīhi dhammehi attā abhiniviṭṭhā cittañca cetasikañca dhamme ubhayāni tassa viparītena parāmasato. Aparo pariyāyo, cetasikehi dhammehi attasaññā anattasaññā samugghāteti. Aparo pariyāyo. Aniccasaññā cetasikesu dhammesu, na tu attasaññā. Idaṃ vuccati cittanti vā manoti vā viññāṇanti vā idaṃ dīgharattaṃ abbhuggataṃ etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti. Tattha cetasikā dhammānupassanā esāpi dhammasaññā. Tassa ko hetu, ko paccayo? Ahaṃkāro hetu, mamaṃkāro paccayo.
其中,什么是安立?‘此世间是热恼所生者’,论及不善;‘识是名色的缘,乃至老死’,这便是安立。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo samāropano? Ayaṃ loko santāpajātoti akusalaṃ manteti viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo yāva jarāmaraṇanti, ayaṃ samāropano.
112 如此,以正慧如实见,即断除不善根。其中,无明灭尽,由无明灭尽乃至老死灭尽,是谓安立。显示巴利原文
112. Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ, sammappaññāya passati akusalamūlānaṃ pahānaṃ. Tattha avijjānirodho avijjānirodhā yāva jarāmaraṇanirodho, ayaṃ samāropano.
四种人:顺流者、逆流者、住立者,以及已渡者——即到达彼岸、立于安稳处的婆罗门。显示巴利原文
Cattāro puggalā – anusotagāmī paṭisotagāmī ṭhitatto, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti.
其中,顺流者即是沉溺于欲乐之人。当他沉溺欲乐时,便造作恶业。此贪即是不善根,也即是渴爱;他被那些欲乐冲走,故称顺流者。被这些欲乐所驱使,以此为缘、以此为因,以身语造作不善业,这便称为造作恶业。他的三种流是:有身见、疑、戒禁取。由此三流,于三界——欲界、色界、无色界中生起。与此相反,不沉溺欲乐、不执取戒禁者,为断有身见而如实观见欲乐之过患。他依此而住立,称为婆罗门,即阿罗汉。其中,阿罗汉是已渡者,已渡者到达彼岸,立于安稳处,即有余涅槃界。‘顺流者’指应依见所断之结尚未断除;‘逆流者’指于果位已见、已住立者,及其烦恼的断除;‘住立者’指五下分结的断除。其中,以‘顺流者’说明道之形貌,以‘逆流者’及‘住立者’说明道之分量,以‘已渡者’说明声闻无学与正自觉者。以‘顺流者’说趣向有身集起之道,以‘逆流者’及‘住立者’说趣向有身灭尽之道,以‘已渡者’说十种无学阿罗汉法。此为经义。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo anusotagāmī ayaṃ kāme sevati. Pāpañca kammaṃ karoti yāva kāme paṭisevati . Idaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ, so yeva taṇhā, so tehi kāmehi vuyhati anusotagāmīti vuccati. Yo puggalo tāhi gamito tappaccayā tassa hetu akusalakammaṃ karoti kāyena ca vācāya ca, ayaṃ vuccati pāpakammaṃ karotīti. Tassa tīṇi sotāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso. Imehi tīhi sotehi tividhadhātuyaṃ uppajjati kāmadhātuyaṃ rūpadhātuyaṃ arūpadhātuyaṃ. Tena paṭipakkhena yo kāme na paṭisevati. Yo sīlavataṃ na parāmasati. Yo sakkāyadiṭṭhīnaṃ pahānāya kāmesu yathābhūtaṃ ādīnavaṃ passati. Yena ca te dhamme paṭisevati. Yañca tappaccayā tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti arahaṃ kira. Tattha arahaṃ tassa pāraṅgato hoti, pāraṅgatassa thale tiṭṭhati sopādisesā nibbānadhātu. Anusotagāminīti dassanappahātabbānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ appahānamāha. Paṭisotagāminīti phale diṭṭhekaṭṭhānañca kilesānaṃ pahānamāha, ṭhitattena pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānamāha. Tattha anusotagāminā maggarūpimāha. Paṭisotagāminā ṭhitattena ca maggamitimāha. Pāraṅgatena sāvakā asekkhā ca sammāsambuddhā ca vuttā. Anusotagāminā sakkāyasamudayagāminiṃ paṭipadamāha. Paṭisotagāminā ṭhitattena sakkāyanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadamāha. Pāraṅgatena dasa asekkhā arahantā dhammā vuttā. Ayaṃ suttattho.
113 其中,何为教说?即:于此经中,开示了四圣谛,以及超越三界世间。显示巴利原文
113. Tattha katamā desanā? Imasmiṃ hi sutte cattāri ariyasaccāni desitāni. Tedhātukalokasamatikkamanañca.
其中,何为简择?即:‘贪著欲乐者可能造作恶业’、‘不贪著欲乐者则不造作恶业’,以及‘超越此二地而达彼岸者’——对这些的审察,即是简择。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vicayo hāro? Yo kāme paṭisevati pāpaṃ kareyyāti yo ca kāme na paṭisevati so pāpakammaṃ na kareyyāti yo ca imehi dvīhi bhūmīhi uttiṇṇo pāraṅgatoti yā vīmaṃsā ayaṃ vicayo.
‘合理’:即认为‘于经中合理,于审察中不合理’的这种审察,称为合理。‘立足处’:顺流者,是七结使的立足处,是不善业与不善根的立足处。逆流者,是如实见的立足处。住立者,是不动摇的立足处。已渡者,有时是地的立足处。显示巴利原文
Yuttīti yujjati suttesu, nāyujjatīti yā vīmaṃsāya, ayaṃ yutti. Padaṭṭhānoti anusotagāminā sattannaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Akusalassa kiriyā akusalassa mūlānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. Paṭisotagāminā yathābhūtadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ṭhitattena asaṃhāriyāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Pāraṅgatoti kadāci bhūmiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
其中,何为相?依渴爱之力顺流而行者,亦依一切烦恼之力而行。逆流者则致力于逆流,为断除渴爱及一切烦恼而精勤。安住者自身安住,以身、语、意而安住。是谓相。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro? Yo anusotaṃ gacchati taṇhāvasena. Sabbesampi kilesānaṃ vasena gacchati. Yo paṭisotaṃ vāyamati. Taṇhāya sabbesampi so kilesānaṃ vāyamati paṭisotaṃ. Yo attanā ṭhito kāyenapi so ṭhito vācācittenapi so ṭhito. Ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
其中,何为四阵列?此经中世尊的意趣为何?即:不乐于顺流之道者,将会努力逆流,乃至某个阶段,此即意趣。‘回转’指:在此经中宣说了四部经。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo catubyūho? Idha sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye anusotagāminiyā paṭipadāya nābhiramissanti, te paṭisotaṃ vāyamissantīti yāva kadāci bhūmiyaṃ, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Āvaṭṭoti idha sutte cattāri suttāni desitāni.
其中,何为分别?沉溺于欲乐且造作恶业者,是为顺流者,然非一概而论——即使须陀洹亦沉溺于欲乐,并造作相应之恶业。有学虽可能造作恶业,如经中所说,却非顺流者,此事当分别解说。不沉溺于欲乐且不造作恶业者,是逆流者,然亦非一概而论——一切外道虽于欲乐已离欲、不沉溺于欲乐,却可能造作恶业。顺流者与逆流者,此即分别。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo vibhatti hāro? Yo kāme paṭisevati pāpañca kammaṃ karoti. So anusotagāmīti na ekaṃsena sotāpannopi kāme paṭisevati. Taṃ bhāgiyañca pāpakammaṃ karoti. Kiñcāpi sekkhopi kareyya pāpaṃ yathā sutte niddiṭṭho na ca so anusotagāmī, idaṃ vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ. Na ca kāme paṭisevati na ca pāpakammaṃ karoti paṭisotagāmī na ca ekaṃsena sabbe bāhirako kāmesu vītarāgo na ca kāme paṭisevati, tena ca pāpakammaṃ karoti anusotagāmī paṭisotagāmī, ayaṃ vibhatti.
其中,什么是‘回转’?即:显示对立面。‘同义语’是说:在诸欲中,既有事物之欲,也有烦恼之欲——即色、声、香、味、触,以及子女、妻妾、奴仆、佣人与资具。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo parivattano hāro? Niddiṭṭho paṭipakkho. Vevacanoti kāmesu vatthukāmāpi kilesakāmāpi rūpasaddagandharasaphassaputtadāradāsakammakaraporisañca pariggahā.
‘施设’:一切凡夫是由同一性所施设;顺流者是由烦恼现行的施设所施设;有学之人则是由涅槃的施设所施设;而不还者是由不动摇的施设所施设。这就是施设。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti sabbe puthujjanā ekattāya paññattā. Anusotagāmīti kilesasamudācārapaññattiyā paññattā. Ye pana sekkhā puggalā, te nibbānapaññattiyā paññattā. Ye pana anāgāmī, te asaṃhāriya paññattiyā paññattā, ayaṃ paññatti.
‘摄入’:顺流的那个人是苦;属于他的那些法是苦之集。彼色即是色蕴,五蕴与缘起亦复如是。那些烦恼被包含在行蕴中,是法处、法界,也在诸根中被施设。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti yo anusotagāmī, so dukkhaṃ. Ye tassa dhammā, te dukkhassa samudayo. Yaṃ rūpaṃ, ayaṃ rūpakkhandho, evaṃ pañcapi khandhā paṭiccasamuppādo, te kilesā saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannā dhammāyatanaṃ dhammadhātu indriyesu ca paññattā.
“净化”是指:藉由这种发端而宣说此经,此发端全然清净。显示巴利原文
Sodhanoti yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ desitaṃ, so ārambho sabbo suddho.
“决意”是指:以逆流者而言,一切须陀洹皆以同一性而被说为住立者;或指逆贪随眠的有学,其道与有学之人即是住立者。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti paṭisotagāminā sabbe sotāpannā ekattena vā niddiṭṭhā rāgānusayapaṭisotagāmino sekkhāva maggo ca sekkho ca puggalo ṭhitattoti.
“离欲者”以同一性而被施设。“已渡者”,即一切阿罗汉、一切独觉佛及正自觉者,皆以同一性而被施设。显示巴利原文
Vītarāgo ekattāya paññatto. Pāraṅgatoti sabbe arahanto sabbe paccekabuddhā sammāsambuddhā ca ekattāya paññattā.
“资具”:顺流者以恶友为缘,以欲贪缠缚为因;逆流者有二因、二缘,乃至正见生起见,其中得道者为因,发端为缘,属于身、心之分。“安立”即分别,此经无安立之处。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti anusotagāmino pāpamittapaccayo kāmapariyuṭṭhānaṃ hetu. Paṭisotagāmino dve hetū dve paccayā ca yāva sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyadiṭṭhi , tassa paṭiladdhamaggo hetu ārambho paccayo kāyiko cetasikassa koṭṭhāso ca. Samāropanoti vibhatti idaṃ suttaṃ natthi samāropanāya bhūmi.
114 114. 应详述《随闻法乃至见善通达之五种功德经》。对于努力、精勤、策励者,于病时、死时或生为天时,证得独觉。“随闻”者,是由听闻正法而成。其心既未渴求增上慧法观,亦未通达。此经为五种人所说:信随行(钝根、利根)与法随行(利根、钝根)。然而,凡愚行之人,不能努力、精勤、策励,而如实、如定的解脱在彼刹那、彼时分、彼须臾即现其果。善者退失,其他者被牵引,但并非乐报。彼于现法即受,或于再生后次第受。其中,若法随行者有随闻法,彼努力即证得;若法随行钝根者,于病时证得;若信随行利根者,于死时证得;若钝根者,生为天时证得。若生为天时未证得,彼并非仅以法贪、此法喜而证独觉。凡于随闻法中努力、精勤、策励者,彼以先所得之殊胜而了知,了知即证得。然而,若病者有作意,于彼努力即证得。若彼于死时悚惧,于彼努力即证得。若于一切处皆无悚惧,彼生为天、享受安乐时,诸法句自然显现。彼如是了知:‘此即我等昔为人时修习梵行之法律。’于是生为天者证得。或于天界五种欲功德中耽着、住于放逸者,彼以此善根证得独觉。显示巴利原文
114. Pañcānisaṃsā sotānugatānaṃ dhammānaṃ yāva diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhānaṃ suttaṃ vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Yuñjato ghaṭentassa vāyamato gilāno maraṇakāle devabhūto paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Sotānugatāti saddhammassavanena kataṃ hoti. Na ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya tassa cittaṃ tasitaṃ hoti, na ca anibbiddhattaṃ, idaṃ ca suttaṃ pañcannaṃ puggalānaṃ desitaṃ, saddhānusārino mudindriyassa tikkhindriyassa ca dhammānusārino tikkhindriyassa mudindriyassa ca. Yo pana mohacarito puggalo na sakkoti yuñjituṃ ghaṭituṃ vāyamituṃ yathābhūtaṃ yathāsamādhikā vimutti taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ phalaṃ dasseti. Sādhu parihāyati paro taṃ duyhati, no tu sukhaavipākinī bhavati . Tassa diṭṭhe yeva ca dhamme upapajjaaparāpariyavedanīyaṃ. Tattha yo puggalo dhammānusārī tassa yadi sotānugatā dhammā honti so yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Yo dhammānusārī mudindriyo, so gilāno pāpuṇāti. Yo saddhānusārī tikkhindriyo, so maraṇakālasamaye pāpuṇāti. Yo mudindriyo, so devabhūto pāpuṇāti. Yadā devabhūto na pāpuṇāti, na so teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Yo sotānugatesu yuñjati ghaṭeti vāyamati, so pubbāpannena visesaṃ sañjānāti, sañjānanto pāpuṇāti. Sace pana gilānassa manasikāro hoti, tattha yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Sace panassa maraṇakāle saṃviggo hoti, tattha yuñjanto pāpuṇāti. Sace pana na katthaci saṃvego hoti, tassa devabhūtassa sukhino dhammabhūtā pādā evaṃ avilapati. So evaṃ jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ so dhammavinayo yattha mayaṃ pubbe manussabhūtā brahmacariyaṃ carimhā’’ti. Atha devabhūto pāpuṇāti. Dibbesu vā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu ajjhosito hoti pamādavihārī, so tena kusalamūlena paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti.
凡由他人语言、以言语善加修习者,此为闻所成慧。凡以意审察诸法者,此为思所成慧。凡以见善加通达者,此为修所成慧。凡随闻、以言语修习,且于现法即般涅槃者,此为阿拉汉人。凡再生、生为天而证得,并于彼处般涅槃者,此为不还者。凡以此善根证独觉者,此为宿世修行资粮所生之人。显示巴利原文
Yā paratoghosena vacasā suparicitā, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā. Ye pana dhammā honti manasā anupekkhitā, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā. Yaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā . Yaṃ sotānugatā vacasā paricitā honti, so ca diṭṭhe yeva dhamme parinibbāyī, ayaṃ arahaṃ puggalo. Yo upapajjati devabhūto pāpuṇāti, tattha ca parinibbāyati, ayaṃ anāgāmī. Yo tena kusalamūlena paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ pubbayogasambhārasambhūto puggalo.
“随闻法”为第一解脱处;“以言语习熟”为第二及第三解脱处;“以意审察”为第四解脱处;“以见善通达”为第五解脱处。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatā dhammāti paṭhamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ, vacasā paricitāti dutiyaṃ tatiyañca vimuttāyatanaṃ, manasā anupekkhitāti catutthaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.
由随闻之解脱,于言语善通达之语,依随法次第听闻后,圆满戒蕴;以意审察,圆满定蕴;以见善通达,圆满慧蕴。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatāya vimuttiyā vacasā yā vācā suppaṭividdhā anupubbadhammassa sotena sutvā sīlakkhandhe paripūreti, manasā anupekkhitā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūreti, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā paññākkhandhaṃ paripūreti.
“随闻法为多闻”者,应详述之。此为第一信行处。“以意审察”者,多住于宴默,应详述之。此为第二信行处。“以见善通达”者,以无漏心解脱,了知“不受后有”。此为第三信行处。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatā dhammā bahussutā hontīti vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ manasā anupekkhitāti paṭisallānabahulo viharati, vitthārena kātabbaṃ. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti anāsavā cetovimuttiyā nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātīti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ saddhāpadānaṃ.
导师以‘随闻法’示现有学,以‘以意审察’示现阿罗汉果,以‘以见善通达’示现如来、阿罗汉、正自觉者。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatā dhammāti sekkhaṃ satthā dasseti. Manasā anupekkhitāti arahattaṃ satthā dasseti. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti tathāgataṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ satthā dasseti.
‘随闻法’示现诸欲的出离,‘以意审察’示现色界的出离,‘以见善通达’示现三界的出离。这是此经的义理。显示巴利原文
Sotānugatā dhammāti kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Manasā anupekkhitāti rūpadhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti tedhātukānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ dasseti. Ayaṃ suttattho.
115 其中,什么是说法之食?在这部经中,宣说了三种求:以‘随闻法’和‘以言语习’作为欲求的止息之道;以‘以见善通达’作为梵行求的止息之道。显示巴利原文
115. Tattha katamo desanāhāro? Imamhi sutte tayo esanā desitā sotānugatehi dhammehi vacasā paricitehi kāmesanāya samathamaggo. Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhehi brahmacariyesanāya samathamaggo.
‘审察’者:如理作意于经、审择之时,即获得闻所成慧;如彼作意,即如其所闻之法,此时获得思所成慧;如于现法作意,此时获得修所成慧。这就是审察。显示巴利原文
Vicayoti yathā suttaṃ manasikaronto vicinanto sutamayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Yathā ca so manasikarotīti yathā sutadhammā tadā cintāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Yathā diṭṭheva dhamme manasikaroti tadā bhāvanāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Ayaṃ vicayo.
由闻而获得闻所成慧,由思而获得思所成慧,由修而获得修所成慧。有此道理。显示巴利原文
Sutena sutamayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Cintāya cintāmayipaññaṃ bhāvanāya bhāvanāmayipaññaṃ paṭilabhati. Atthi esā yutti.
‘足处’:所谓‘随闻法’,是听闻法的足处;‘以言语串习’,是策励的足处;‘以意审察’,是法随法观的足处;‘以见审察’,即是以慧审察,也是以见审察。显示巴利原文
Padaṭṭhānoti sotānugatā dhammāti dhammassavanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Vacasā paricitāti yuñjanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Manasā anupekkhitāti dhammānudhammāya vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ. Diṭṭhiyā anupekkhitāti paññāyapi anupekkhitā diṭṭhiyāpi anupekkhitā.
所谓“四分别”,于此经中,世尊的意趣为何?即:那些具足此二慧者……显示巴利原文
Catubyūhoti imamhi sutte bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye imāhi dvīhi paññāhi samannāgatā tehi….
“彼寂灭”者:或言道果及无余涅槃界;或以布施言断粗烦恼;或以戒言断中烦恼;或以慧言断细烦恼;由贪嗔痴灭故,彼寂灭——此乃所立之地。显示巴利原文
Sa nibbutoti maggaphalaṃ anupādisesañca nibbānadhātuṃ manteti, dānena oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ manteti. Sīlena majjhimānaṃ, paññāya sukhumakilesānaṃ manteti, rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti katā ca bhūmi.
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati; Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti maggo vutto; Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti maggaphalamāha.
‘施者福德增长,自制者’:以此三句宣说世间善根。‘由灭尽贪嗔痴而得寂灭’:宣说出世间善根。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamatoti tīhi padehi lokikaṃ kusalamūlaṃ vuttaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti lokuttaraṃ kusalamūlaṃ vuttaṃ.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,这是说凡夫地。“善者舍恶”,这是说有学地。“因贪、瞋、痴灭尽,他寂灭”,这是说无学地。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti puthujjanabhūmiṃ manteti. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti sekkhabhūmiṃ manteti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti asekkhabhūmi vuttā.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,这是导向道迹的修行。“善者舍恶”,这是有学解脱。“因贪、瞋、痴灭尽,他寂灭”,这是无学解脱。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti magganiyā paṭipadā vuttā. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti sekkhavimutti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti asekkhavimutti.
“施者福增长,自制者不积怨”,这是宣说布施论、戒论、道论等世间法的教示。“善者舍恶”,这是对世间过患的观察。“因贪、瞋、痴灭尽,他寂灭”,这也是自胜法教所通达的。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ maggakathaṃ lokikānaṃ dhammānaṃ desanamāha. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti loke ādīnavānupassanā. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti sāmukkaṃsikāya dhammadesanāyapi paṭividdhā.
“布施能增长福德”:通过给予众生无畏的布施,持不杀生戒者即是以无畏施与众生。同样地,一切学处皆应如此理解。“自制之时,怨仇不积聚”:依戒而住后,调伏其心;因其自制而得圆满。“依贪、嗔、痴之灭尽,他得寂灭”:这是指两种解脱。以上为经的解说。显示巴利原文
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti pāṇānaṃ abhayadānena pāṇātipātā veramaṇisattānaṃ abhayaṃ deti. Evaṃ sabbāni sikkhāpadāni kātabbāni. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti sīle patiṭṭhāya cittaṃ saṃyameti, tassa saṃyamato pāripūriṃ gacchati. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti dve vimuttiyo. Ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
116 其中,何谓教示?于此经中,宣说了什么?宣说了两种善趣——天与人;并宣说了天界的五种欲功德,以及人间的五种欲功德。以两句话进行解说。“布施能增长福德,自制则不积怨仇,善巧者断除诸恶行”——此是开示了道。“依贪、嗔、痴之灭尽,他得寂灭”——此是开示了两种涅槃界:有余涅槃界与无余依涅槃界。这即是教示。显示巴利原文
116. Tattha katamā desanā? Imamhi sutte kiṃ desitaṃ? Dve sugatiyo devā ca manussā ca, dibbā ca pañcakāmaguṇā, mānussakā ca. Dvīhi padehi niddeso. Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati, kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti maggo vutto. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti dve nibbānadhātuyo desitā sopādisesā ca anupādisesā ca. Ayaṃ desanā.
所谓“简择”:“布施能增长福德”,以此第一句宣说了布施所成的福德业事,由此令他成就了无间善法。以第二句……此是能导出离的教法,此为意趣。无有听闻、无有作意、无有通达,此是开示了导向有身集起的行道;具备听闻、具备作意、具备通达,此是开示了导向有身灭尽的行道。这即是回转。显示巴利原文
Vicayoti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti iminā paṭhamena padena dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Tenassa ānantariyānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Dutiyena padena… yanti, niyyānikaṃ sāsananti, ayaṃ adhippāyo. Assavanena ca amanasikārena ca appaṭivedhena ca sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadā vuttā. Savanena ca manasikārena ca paṭivedhena ca sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā. Ayaṃ āvaṭṭo.
“分别”:是决定之说,于此没有分别的余地。“回转”:即那些五种利益,以五种初始及对立面,即于此现法中证得,此是再生时的另一种理趣。显示巴利原文
Vibhattīti ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyo. Natthi tattha vibhattiyā bhūmi. Parivattanāti ye pañcānisaṃsā, te pañcādinā paṭipakkhena teneva diṭṭheva dhamme pāpuṇāti, taṃ upapajjamānā aparo pariyāyo.
“同义语”:“随闻之法”,即所闻之经,亦以所见为慧根所了知,以见善通达,已得显了。显示巴利原文
Vevacananti sotānugatā dhammāti yaṃ suttaṃ diṭṭhampi paññindriyaṃ viññattampi diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhampi vibhāvitampi.
“施设”:所谓“随闻之法”,乃依无明施设而施设的教示;作意乃依喜悦施设而施设;现见法亦依利益施设而施设。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti sotānugatādhammāti desanā avijjāpaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Manasikāro pāmojjapaññattiyā paññatto, diṭṭhadhammāpi ānisaṃsapaññattiyā paññattā.
“入”:三种慧——于语遍习者中,是闻所成慧;于意随观者中,是思所成慧;于见善通达者中,是修所成慧。这些即是圣谛、根、明生起、无明灭尽、缘起;于根中为三根,于处中为法处所摄,于界中为法界所摄。“净化”:即是发勤、入经、已安立。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti tisso paññā vacasā paricitesu sutamayīpaññā manasā anupekkhitesu cintāmayīpaññā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāsu bhāvanāmayīpaññā. Imāni ariyasaccāni indriyāni vijjuppādā avijjānirodho paṭiccasamuppādo indriyesu tīṇi indriyāni, āyatanesu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā dhātūsu dhammadhātupariyāpannāti. Sodhanoti yo ārambho suttassa paveso niyutto.
“决意”:五种利益,依于差别而施设;随闻,依于差别而施设圣言说;于法听闻,依于同一性而施设。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānoti pañcānisaṃsāti vemattatāya paññattā ānisaṃsā sotā anugatāti vemattatāya ariyavohāro paññatto, dhamme ca savananti ekattatāya paññattaṃ.
“资具”:亲近听闻正法为缘,信为因。“以意随观”:觉知义为缘,觉知法为因。“以见善通达”:听闻正法与作意为缘,闻所成慧与思所成慧为因。“安立”:已分别之经,是另一种理趣,于生起力中无有。此处即是安立之地。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti dhammassavanassa payirupāsanā paccayo, saddhā hetu. Manasā anupekkhitāti atthappaṭisaṃveditā paccayo, dhammappaṭisaṃveditā hetu, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhāti saddhammassavanañca manasikāro ca paccayo, sutamayī cintāmayī paññā hetu. Samāropanoti vibhattaṃ suttaṃ aparo pariyāyo nibbatti bale natthi. Tattha samāropanāya bhūmi.
117 117. 其中,何为顺习分经与顺决择分经?即“布施时福德增长”等偈颂。“布施时”:说的是布施所成的福德行事。“自制时怨仇不积”:说的是持戒所成的福德行事。“善巧者断除恶行”:说的是舍断贪、嗔、痴。“因贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,他寂灭”:说的是调伏对贪、嗔、痴的欲贪。其中,“布施时福德增长”一句表明无贪是善根。“自制时怨仇不积”表明无嗔是善根,因而是常无怨、无敌、无恼害的。“善巧者断除恶行”表明明生起、无明灭尽。通过第四句,即因贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,由贪离染而心得解脱,由无明离染、痴灭尽而慧得解脱。这是简择。显示巴利原文
117. Tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā. Dadatoti dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti sīlamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti lobhassa ca mohassa ca byāpādassa ca pahānamāha. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti lobhassa ca mohassa ca byāpādassa ca chandarāgavinayamāhāti. Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā alobho kusalamūlaṃ bhavati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti adoso kusalamūlaṃ bhavati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti averā asapattā abyāpādatāya sadā. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti ñāṇuppādā aññāṇanirodho. Catutthapadena rāgadosamohakkhayena rāgavirāgā cetovimuttimohakkhayena avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti, ayaṃ vicayo.
“合理”:安住于布施者,两者皆能圆满:既断除悭吝,又增长福德。此理成立。显示巴利原文
Yuttīti dāne ṭhito ubhayaṃ hi paripūreti. Macchariyañca pajahati. Puññañca pavaḍḍhati. Atthi esā yutti.
“足处”:“布施时福德增长”是舍决意的足处。“自制时怨仇不积”是慧决意的足处。“善巧者断除恶行”是谛决意的足处。“因贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,他寂灭”是寂止决意的足处。这便是足处。显示巴利原文
Padaṭṭhānanti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti cāgādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti paññādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti saccādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti upasamādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno.
其中,何谓相?布施时福德增上,自制时怨仇不积。布施者亦不造怨仇,具善巧者断除恶行,因贪、嗔、痴的灭尽而寂灭,亦因色的灭尽、受的灭尽。如来以彼色所见而施设,可施设“色的灭尽、离染、灭”等,如是五蕴。显示巴利原文
Tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati. Dadatopi veraṃ na kariyāti kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbuto rūpakkhayāpi vedanakkhayāpi, yena rūpena diṭṭhaṃ, tena tathāgato paññapento paññapeyya rūpassa khayā virāganirodhāti evaṃ pañcakkhandhā.
“四阵列”:在此,世尊的意趣为何?那些希求大财富者,将为断除障难而行布施;那些希求无怨者,将断除五种怨仇;那些希求善者,将为断除八邪道而修习八支圣道;那些欲般涅槃者,将断除贪、嗔、痴。这是世尊的意趣。显示巴利原文
Catubyūho idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo? Ye mahābhogānaṃ patthayissanti? Te dānaṃ dassanti parissayapahānāya, ye averābhichandakā, te pañca verāni pajahissanti, ye kusalābhichandakā, te aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvessanti aṭṭhannaṃ micchattānaṃ pahānāya. Ye nibbāyitukāmā, te rāgadosamohaṃ pajahissantīti ayaṃ bhagavato adhippāyo.
“回转”:不布施者的悭吝、不自制者的怨仇、不善者的恶未断,此是苦的解说,而非集。以无贪、无嗔、无痴与善,此是三善根。它们的资缘是八正道,此是道。那些贪、嗔、痴的灭尽,此是灭。显示巴利原文
Āvaṭṭoti yañca adadato macchariyaṃ yañca asaṃyamato veraṃ yañca akusalassa pāpassa appahānaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhaniddeso na samudayo. Alobhena ca adosena ca amohena ca kusalena imāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni. Tesaṃ paccayo aṭṭha sammattāni, ayaṃ maggo. Tesaṃ rāgadosamohānaṃ khayā, ayaṃ nirodho.
“分别”:所谓“施者功德增长”,并非一概而论。有人因畏惧王罚而施,有人因受用不如法之物而施与持戒者,这些人的功德并不增长。他以这种不善心行布施,所增长的乃是杖施、刀施等非福行,而非福德。“由节制而怨仇不积”也非一概而论。何以故?若有人唯见现世利益,思惟“若国王捉我,断我手……”,他并不以此节制而息灭怨仇。然而,若有人如是受持:“杀生有恶报,于现世与来世皆然”,由此远离一切不善之因,以此节制,怨仇方不积聚。显示巴利原文
Vibhattīti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti na ekaṃsena yo rājadaṇḍabhayena deti, yo ca akappiyassa paribhogena sīlavantesu deti, na tassa puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti so cetaṃ dānaṃ akusalena deti, daṇḍadānaṃ satthadānaṃ apuññamayaṃ pavaḍḍhati, na puññaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti na ekaṃsena kiṃ kāraṇaṃ yañca yo padaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ passati yadi mama rājāno gahetvā hatthaṃ vā chindeyya…pe… na tena saṃyamena veraṃ na karoti. Yo tu evaṃ samādiyati pāṇātipātassa pāpako vipākoti, diṭṭhe yeva dhamme abhisamparāye ca evaṃ sabbassa akusalassa hetuto ārati. Iminā saṃyamena veraṃ na cīyati.
所谓“恰当”:依于布施之确立,两者皆得成就;又舍离悭吝,功德便得增长,是即恰当。显示巴利原文
Parivattanāti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti adadato puññaṃ na pavaḍḍhati. Yaṃ dānamayaṃ, taṃ saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati, asaṃyamato veraṃ karīyati. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ akusalo na jahāti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbutoti dūtaṃ pesetvā paṇītaṃ pesetvāpi na pakkosāmi, so sayameva pana mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro amhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto amhehi ca santhāgārasālā kāritā, ettha mayaṃ dasabalaṃ ānetvā maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpemāti cintetvā upasaṅkamiṃsu. Yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃ divasaṃ kira santhāgāre cittakammaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā aṭṭakā muttamattā honti. Buddhā nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vāti tasmā bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva paṭijaggissāmāti cintetvā te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paṭijaggitukāmā yena santhāgāraṃ, tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Sabbasantharinti yathā sabbaṃ santhataṃ hoti evaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti. Ettha pana te mallarājāno santhāgāraṃ paṭijaggitvā nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā suvaṇṇaghaṭikadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālāhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā khīrapake dārake khīraṃ pāyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojāpetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mākari, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāmeva vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontīti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍakadīpikā ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā, tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno ativiya virocati. Samantapāsādiko suvaṇṇavaṇṇo abhirūpo dassanīyo puratthimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Pacchimakāyato dakkhiṇahatthato vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇarasmi uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviyaṃ asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ samantā asītihatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vitaṇḍamānā vidhāvanti, sabbe disābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā vviya verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakiṃsukārakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamokiṇṇā viya vippakasantaṃ asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhā dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalaṃ sarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ sabbaphāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsacandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattīnaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ nibbuto asekkhassa natthi nibbuti.
“异名”:施者功德增长,随喜者功德亦增长;心得定者、从事服务者,功德亦增长。显示巴利原文
Vevacananti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, anumodatopi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati. Cittassa samādahatopi veyyāvaccakiriyāyapi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti.
“施设”:'施者功德增长'——这是为了对治与断除贪、成就无贪而施设的。'由节制而怨仇不积'——这是为了对治与断除嗔、成就无嗔而施设的。'善者舍恶'——这是为了对治与断除痴、成就无痴而施设的。显示巴利原文
Paññattīti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, alobhassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti adosassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti amohassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ.
“进入”:在五根中,'施者功德增长'与'由节制而怨仇不积'属于戒蕴的进入;在六根中,防护属于定蕴的进入;'善者舍恶'属于慧蕴的进入;'由贪嗔痴灭而彼寂灭'属于解脱蕴的进入。在诸界中为法界,在诸处中为意处。显示巴利原文
Otaraṇoti pañcasu indriyesu dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati saṃyamena sīlakkhandho. Otiṇṇo chasu indriyesu saṃvaro, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho, yaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, ayaṃ paññākkhandho, rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti vimuttikkhandho. Dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu manāyatanaṃ.
“净化”:依此因缘而说此经,这一因缘是清净的。显示巴利原文
Sodhanoti yenārambhena idaṃ suttaṃ desitaṃ so ārambho suddho.
“决意”者:“布施”依单一性而施设;“舍离、遍舍、法施、财施”,八种施应当广说,此为差别。并非对施者依单一施设而施设。“忍辱无过”依施设而施设。“由贪嗔痴灭而彼寂灭”依断除精进施设而施设。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhāno dānanti ekattatāya paññattaṃ. Cāgo pariccāgo dhammadānaṃ āmisadānaṃ, aṭṭha dānāni vitthārena kātabbāni, ayaṃ vemattatā. Na ca dadato ekattapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. Khantī anavajjanti paññattiyā paññattaṃ. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti rodhavīriyapaññattiyā paññattā.
“资具”者:布施以喜悦为缘,以无贪为因。律仪以如理作意为因,以舍离为缘。“善者舍恶”以如实见为缘,以证得智为因。“由贪嗔痴灭而彼寂灭”以闻他声、内如理作意及道为因与缘。显示巴利原文
Parikkhāroti dānassa pāmojjaṃ paccayo, alobho hetu. Saṃyamato yoniso manasikāro hetu, pariccāgo paccayo. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti yathābhūtadassanaṃ paccayo, ñāṇappaṭilābho hetu. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti parato ca ghoso ajjhattañca yoniso manasikāro maggo ca hetu ca paccayo ca.
“随转(回向)”者:“施者福增长”之偈,谓其戒亦增长,律仪亦增长。“由律仪故,怨不积集”,其余烦恼亦不积集;以彼为缘本应生起之诸漏、恼害,于彼亦不生起。“由贪嗔痴灭而彼寂灭”者,即由贪之灭、嗔之灭、痴之灭,由贪随眠之灭,由嗔、痴灭故而寂灭,此为有余涅槃界,亦为无余依涅槃界。是名随转(回向)。显示巴利原文
Samāropanoti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā tassa sīlampi vaḍḍhati. Saṃyamopi vaḍḍhati. Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti. Aññepi kilesā na cīyanti yepissa tappaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātā, tepissa na uppajjanti. Rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti rāgadosassāpi khayā rāgānusayassapi khayā dosassa mohassāpi sa nibbutoti sopādisesā nibbānadhātu anupādisesāpi. Ayaṃ samāropano.